RYKO Manufacturing Co. 11600 N. W. 54th
Avenue Grimes, IA 50111 515-986-3700
The Finest Vehicle Wash Systems
SOFTGLOSS XS SERVICE MANUAL
Work Order # 7485800
SERIAL #_______________________
For Models: 99069050
99069051
99069052
99069053
99069054
99069055
99069056
:
Page i
SoftGloss XS Service Manual
Work Order # 7485800
THIS MANUAL IS ASSIGNED TO: _____________________________________________________
MACHINE SERIAL NUMBER: ________________________________________________________
INSTALLATION DATE: _____________________________________________________________
ELECTRICAL POWER: __________
_
208V/230V, THREE PHASE
__________
_
460V, THREE PHASE
ACTIVATOR: ______
_
Standard Air Switch
______
_
* Code-A-Wash System Option
______
_
Coin Box / Accumulator
Auto Cashier
Applicable to all Code-A-Wash systems including present (Code-A-Wash IV), past, and
future versions.
OTHER ACCESSORIES:
_____________________________
_
_____________________________
_
_____________________________
_
FOR SUPPLIES, PARTS OR SERVICE CONTACT:
Name ___________________________________________________________________________
Company _______________________________________________________________________
Address _________________________________________________________________________
Phone (____) _____________________________________________________________________
Page ii
SoftGloss XS Service Manual
Work Order # 7485800
THIS MANUAL CONTAINS INSTRUCTIONS FOR MAINTAINING AND OPERATING A RYKO SOFTGLOSS XS
VEHICLE WASH SYSTEM.
ATTENTION! SAFE WORKING CONDITIONS AND PRINCIPLES MUST BE CONSIDERED PREVIOUS TO
UNLOADING THE MACHINE AND CARRIED OUT DURING ALL PHASES OF ITS ASSEMBLY AND
INSTALLATION. READ AND ADHERE TO ALL CAUTION, WARNING AND SAFETY NOTES AND PROCEDURES
GIVEN IN THIS MANUAL. RYKO MANUFACTURING COULD NOT POSSIBLY KNOW, EVALUATE, AND ADVISE
THE SERVICE TRADE OF ALL CONCEIVABLE WAYS THAT SERVICE MAY BE PERFORMED, OR OF THE
POSSIBLE HAZARDS OF EACH. ACCORDINGLY, IF USING A SERVICE PROCEDURE THAT IS NOT
RECOMMENDED IN THIS PUBLICATION BE CERTAIN THAT NEITHER PERSONAL NOR VEHICLE SAFETY IS
JEOPARDIZED BY THE SERVICE METHODS SELECTED.
CAUTION! SERVICING OF THIS EQUIPMENT REQUIRES PERSONNEL TO WORK
WITH AND NEAR HIGH VOLTAGE WIRING AND TO WORK ABOVE FLOOR LEVEL.
EXTREME CARE MUST BE EXERCISED FOR PERSONAL SAFETY. FOLLOW
LOCAL CODES AND SAFETY REGULATIONS.
IMPORTANT: ALL PERSONNEL WHO WORK DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY WITH THE MACHINE AND ANY
ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT SHOULD READ THIS MANUAL BEFORE OPERATING, MAINTAINING OR
SERVICING THIS EQUIPMENT. PAY PARTICULAR ATTENTION TO THE SECTION ENTITLED "FOR YOUR
SAFETY" AND TO ALL "CAUTION", "WARNING" AND "IMPORTANT" NOTES THROUGHOUT THE MANUAL.
RYKO RECOMMENDS THAT A QUALIFIED RYKO TECHNICIAN PERFORM ALL INSTALLATION AND SERVICE
MAINTENANCE FOR THIS EQUIPMENT. INSTALLATION OR SERVICE MAINTENANCE OF THIS EQUIPMENT
BY ANY PARTIES NOT VERSED IN ITS INSTALLATION, MAINTENANCE AND OPERATION COULD VOID THE
WARRANTY.
Page iii
SoftGloss XS Service Manual
Work Order # 7485800
CONTENTS
GENERAL INFORMATION ..................................................................................................................... 1 FOR YOUR SAFETY ............................................................................................................................... 1
"CAUTION" AND "WARNING" DECALS ..................................................................................................................... 3 CONTROL PANEL DOOR ACCESS AND PROTECTION ............................................................................................................ 3 RECYCLING / DISPOSAL INFORMATION .............................................................................................................................. 3
BASIC REQUIREMENTS AND SPECIFICATIONS ................................................................................. 4 ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS ................................................................................................................................ 4 AIR REQUIREMENTS ............................................................................................................................................... 5 WATER REQUIREMENTS ........................................................................................................................................ 5 PHYSICAL SPECIFICATIONS ................................................................................................................................... 6 ACCEPTABLE VEHICLE DIMENSIONS .................................................................................................................... 6 MISCELLANEOUS .................................................................................................................................................... 6 RECOMMENDED BAY DIMENSIONS .................................................................................................................................... 7 ELECTRICAL TESTING LABORATORIES (ETL) LISTING ................................................................................................ 8
TERMS / DEFINITIONS .......................................................................................................................... 9 TERMS AND DEFINITIONS .................................................................................................................... 9 CONTROL PANEL SWITCHES ............................................................................................................ 12 OPERATION ......................................................................................................................................... 13 STARTUP / SHUT DOWN, AND EMERGENCY STOP PROCEDURES ................................................ 13
STARTUP AND SHUT DOWN PROCEDURES ....................................................................................................... 13 EMERGENCY STOP PROCEDURE........................................................................................................................ 13
WASH SEQUENCES INFORMATION .................................................................................................. 14 MACHINE PROGRAM .......................................................................................................................... 14 DESCRIPTION OF OPERATION .......................................................................................................... 14 MACHINE SETUP INFORMATION ....................................................................................................... 18
OPERATOR'S CHOICE PROGRAMMING ........................................................................................................................... 18 COLD WEATHER OPERATION............................................................................................................ 20 OPTIONAL REMOTE ARMING DEVICES ............................................................................................ 20 WATER SYSTEM.................................................................................................................................. 20 ADDITIVE SYSTEM (WITH BLUE WHITE PUMPS) .............................................................................. 21
POLYTUBE CONNECTIONS ............................................................................................................................................. 22 ADDITIVE PUMP PRIMING AND DIAL SETTING .................................................................................................................. 23 RYKO ADDITIVE SETTING CHARTS ...................................................................................................................... 23 ADDITIVE SYSTEM OPERATION ........................................................................................................................... 25 FOAM BATH, TRIFOAM DETERGENT, TRIFOAM WAX, AND HOT WAX TEST .................................................................. 26 ADJUSTMENTS - AIR AND WATER (FOAM BATH, TRIFOAM DETERGENT, & TRIFOAM WAX) ..................................................... 26 TRIFOAM DETERGENT OPTION MAINTENANCE ................................................................................................................. 27 FOAMBRITE LUBRICATION GUIDELINES .......................................................................................................................... 27
ADDITIVE SYSTEM (NON-RYKO CHEMICAL & PULSAFEEDER PUMPS) ......................................... 28 ADJUSTMENTS - AIR AND WATER (FOAM BATH AND TRIFOAM DETERGENT) ......................................................................... 30 ADDITIVE INFORMATION ................................................................................................................................................ 30 ADDITIVE SYSTEM OPERATION ....................................................................................................................................... 33 FOAM BATH TEST, TRIFOAM DETERGENT TEST, AND HOT WAX TEST ........................................................................ 34 TRIFOAM DETERGENT OPTION MAINTENANCE ................................................................................................................. 35
PULSAFEEDER ADDITIVE PUMPS ..................................................................................................... 35 PULSAFEEDER PUMP REQUIREMENTS AND SPECIFICATIONS .............................................................................................. 35 PULSAFEEDER PUMP OPERATION AND CONTROLS ............................................................................................................ 35 PULSAFEEDER PUMP PRIMING ....................................................................................................................................... 36 PULSAFEEDER PUMP FLOW ADJUSTMENT ..................................................................................................................... 37 PULSAFEEDER PUMP MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR ............................................................................................................. 38 PULSAFEEDER PUMP DIAPHRAGM .................................................................................................................................. 39 PULSAFEEDER PUMP TROUBLESHOOTING ....................................................................................................................... 41
Page iv
SoftGloss XS Service Manual
Work Order # 7485800
PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER OPERATION ..................................................................... 42 COMMUNICATIONS INTERFACE BOX AND 2 DIGIT CODE DISPLAY ............................................... 43 AIR PRESSURE ................................................................................................................................... 43
SOLENOIDS INFORMATION ................................................................................................................................... 44 AIR REGULATORS AND AIR USE........................................................................................................................... 44 ASSOCIATED AIR REGULATOR EQUIPMENT ...................................................................................................... 45
MOVING THE MACHINE MANUALLY .................................................................................................. 47 VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE UNIT INFORMATION ....................................................................... 47
DIRECTION SIGNAL...................................................................................................................................................... 47 SPEED SIGNAL ........................................................................................................................................................... 47 CONTACTOR ON SIGNAL .............................................................................................................................................. 48
OSCILLATING PRE-WASH OPTION .................................................................................................... 48 SPECIFICATIONS AND REQUIREMENTS ............................................................................................................................ 48 REPLACEMENT NOZZLES .............................................................................................................................................. 48
RECLAIM SYSTEM OPTION ................................................................................................................ 48 CUSTOM MESSAGE DISPLAY SIGNS ................................................................................................ 49 SHORT BAY OPERATION .................................................................................................................... 49 WHEEL SCRUB OPTION ..................................................................................................................... 49
BASIC OPERATION ....................................................................................................................................................... 49 WHEEL DETECTION ..................................................................................................................................................... 49
MAINTENANCE .................................................................................................................................... 51 MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE ................................................................................................................ 51 MOTORS - GENERAL INFORMATION ................................................................................................. 52
MOTOR CIRCUIT PROTECTORS ............................................................................................................................ 52 SPEED REDUCERS ............................................................................................................................. 54 AMP SENSORS .................................................................................................................................... 54 PROXIMITY SWITCH ADJUSTMENT ................................................................................................... 54
END STOP PROXIMITY SWITCH TRIP PLATE ....................................................................................................... 54 INSTALLATION ADJUSTMENT AND TESTING ...................................................................................................... 54 END STOP PROXIMITY SWITCHES AND TRIP PLATE ADJUSTMENT & TESTING ..................................................................... 55 SIDE ARM PROXIMITY SWITCHES ........................................................................................................................ 55 SIDE ARM PROXIMITY SWITCH ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURES ............................................................................................. 56 TOP ARM PROXIMITY SWITCH .............................................................................................................................. 56 END STOP PROXIMITY SWITCHES ....................................................................................................................... 56 WHEEL SCRUB, AND WIPER PROXIMITY SWITCHES ......................................................................................... 57
LEVELING ARMS ................................................................................................................................. 57 TOP BRUSH INTERRUPT AND PROXIMITY SWITCH ADJUSTMENT ................................................. 58
TOP BRUSH INTERRUPT (TBI) OPERATION ....................................................................................................................... 58 PROXIMITY SWITCH ADJUSTMENT .................................................................................................................................. 58
TOP BRUSH COUNTERWEIGHT ADJUSTMENT ................................................................................. 59 DRY FOAMBRITE BRUSHES ........................................................................................................................................ 59
LUBRICATION ...................................................................................................................................... 60 LUBRICATION - GREASE ZERKS AND BEARINGS ............................................................................................... 60
PANELS AND COVERS - CLEANING AND WAXING .......................................................................... 61 RECOMMENDED CLEANING AGENTS .............................................................................................................................. 62 RECOMMENDED WAXING AGENTS ................................................................................................................................ 62 CLEANING AND WAXING AGENTS NOT RECOMMENDED ................................................................................................... 62
SOFTGLOSS XS WITH FOAMBRITE™ OPERATION / ADJUSTMENTS ............................................. 62 ULTRASONIC PROFILING ............................................................................................................................................... 62 TALL ARM CLUTCHES ................................................................................................................................................... 63 TOP BRUSH................................................................................................................................................................ 63 SIDE BRUSHES ............................................................................................................................................................ 64 CURRENT SENSING ...................................................................................................................................................... 64 PREWASH ................................................................................................................................................................... 65
Page v
SoftGloss XS Service Manual
Work Order # 7485800
PROGRAM OPERATION ................................................................................................................................................. 65 FOAMBRITE BRUSH CLEANING ......................................................................................................... 66 BRUSH REPLACEMENT ...................................................................................................................... 67
TOP BRUSH................................................................................................................................................................ 67 TALL REAR SIDE ARM BRUSHES ................................................................................................................................... 67
PICTOGRAM SIGN OPTION ................................................................................................................ 67 PICTOGRAM SIGN MAINTENANCE ....................................................................................................................... 69 PICTOGRAM SIGN REPLACEMENT ................................................................................................................................. 69
WIPER DRIVE BELT ADJUSTMENT .................................................................................................... 69 PUMP TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES...................................................................................... 70
MULTI-STAGE CENTRIFUGAL PUMPS ............................................................................................................................... 70 SINGLE STAGE PUMPS .................................................................................................................................................. 72
REAR BRUSH SHAFT CLUTCH REMOVAL ......................................................................................... 73 WARRANTY INFORMATION ................................................................................................................ 74 WARRANTY PARTS RETURN.............................................................................................................. 74 SITE INFORMATION LOG ................................................................................................................... 75
DRAWINGS
Pneumatic/Hydraulic Schematic, SoftGloss & Rocker Panel Brush, Reclaim .............................. 15919-027
Pneumatic/Hydraulic Schematic, Rocker Panel Brush, Reclaim ................................................... 15919-028
Pneumatic/Hydraulic Schematic, SoftGloss & Rocker Panel Brush .............................................. 15919-029
Pneumatic/Hydraulic Schematic, SoftGloss XS ........................................................................... 15919-031
Pneumatic/Hydraulic Schematic, SoftGloss XS, Single Chemical ............................................... 15919-032
OffBoard Boost Pump Electrical Schematic ................................................................................ 18534-003
Keep Full Service Installation ...................................................................................................... 18564-000
Keep Full Service with Float Switch ............................................................................................ 18564-001
Overload Settings Label ............................................................................................................. 19954-003
SoftGloss XS Phase Generator OnBoard Dry, Hot Wax Electrical Schematic ............................. 21297-000
Short Bay Operation Guide .......................................................................................................... 21696-002
Electrical Schematic .................................................................................................................... 22215-005
Pre-Wash Hydraulic Schematic ................................................................................................... 22250-000
Brush Assembly Instructions, FoamBrite .................................................................................. 22518-001
Arm Proximity Switch Adjustment Instructions ............................................................................. 23962-000
CMD (Customer Message Display) Instruction Sign Programming............................................... 24400-000
Electrical Schematic, Lighted 3 Message Sign ............................................................................ 25060-001
Electrical Schematic, Lighted 8 Segment Sign ............................................................................ 25144-000
Electrical Schematic, Lighted 3 Message Sign, No Escrow .......................................................... 25622-000
Electrical Schematic, Rocker Panel Blaster .................................................................................. 25771-000
Electrical Schematic, Window Rinse Control ................................................................................ 26383-000
MANUALS AVAILABLE FOR THIS PRODUCT:
Pre-Installation Service
Installation Owner's
Page 1
RYKO SoftGloss XS Service Manual
Work Order # 7485800
GENERAL INFORMATION
FOR YOUR SAFETY
Operators should insist that the following safety instructions, as well as all other instructions listed
throughout this manual, be read and adhered to by all personnel maintaining or operating this
equipment.
When installing RYKO equipment, the installation must comply with local, state, and national
building codes. If in question, consult local building code authorities for additional information.
The bay should be kept clean at all times. Proper bay cleaning will reduce the possibility of slipping
or similar accident in the car wash bay. Cleaning is the responsibility of the car wash operator.
No one should climb or stand on this equipment for any reason.
In an emergency, it is important to know how to stop this equipment quickly. An emergency
stop can be made by pressing the Emergency Stop Switch. The Emergency Stop
Switch is installed in a convenient location (normally on the wall), that is compatible to the wash
operation and that will allow immediate access by the car wash owner/operator should a need to stop
the machine be required. Review and learn procedures for use of this switch with your RYKO service
technician at installation. Also, be sure all personnel involved with operation of the machine are
trained to know when and how to use this switch.
All personnel should read; be familiar with; and observe the "CAUTION" AND "WARNING" decals
and labels placed on the equipment and its various parts. See “CAUTION” AND “WARNING”
illustrations given in this manual.
All persons should stay clear of the equipment when it is operating or in motion.
All shields, guards, nuts, bolts, and screws should be kept in place and securely tightened.
A padlock and key are provided for the specific purpose of locking each control panel. Be sure to
lock the electrical panel with the padlock provided, except when servicing. Only authorized personnel
should have access to the key.
To prevent undesired movement of the machine on the track, remove the key from the manual drive
switch. Only authorized personnel should have access to this key.
208/230V operated machines may have 2 electrical power supplies. 460V operated machines will
have 2 electrical power supplies. The power disconnect switch may not completely de-energize high
voltage power to the machine. Therefore, disconnect all power supplies before servicing. To verify
that high voltage has been disconnected, check the voltage with a volt meter on each circuit. If a volt
meter is not available:
1. Turn off high voltage at remote electrical panel.
2. Operate the manual drive switch.
a) If no "clicking" of contactors, go to Step 3.
b) If "clicking" of contactors is heard, locate the second source for power and shut power off.
Page 2
RYKO SoftGloss XS Service Manual
Work Order # 7485800
3. Pull the top brush down. If
a) the proximity switch indicator light does not light, the power is off.
b) the proximity switch indicator light is on, locate the second source for power and shut off the
power.
SERVICE PERSONNEL ARE TO PERFORM LOCKOUT AND TAGOUT SAFETY REQUIREMENT
PER OSHA REGULATIONS 29 CFR 1910-147 AND 1910-331 THROUGH 1910-335.
Use a safe, sturdy ladder of sufficient height to access any part of the machine that cannot be
conveniently reached from the ground.
Never place hands in any moving portion of the equipment.
Never walk under the top brushes or blowers while the equipment is operational.
Always keep eyes away from blower nozzles during dry cycle and "run-down" of fan.
Use appropriate protective gear when handling chemicals and solvents as directed by labels on
containers of chemicals and solvents.
Always handle and dispose of empty chemical containers properly. Refer to the label on each
container for chemical handling and disposal guidelines.
When substances or combustible materials (such a gas, gas fumes, oil, etc.) come in contact with
electrical equipment, fire prevention measures and appropriate safety precautions must be taken.
When installing or operating any RYKO equipment, adhere to all fire and safety rules/regulations
according to local, state, and national authorities.
For customer safety and to help prevent damage to vehicles and/or the machine, the RYKO warning
sign should be installed at the wash bay entrance. If the RYKO sign is to be replaced by a customer
designed warning sign, include the following instructions:
Close Windows And Remain In Vehicle While Machine Is Operating Or In Motion.
Do Not Use If Vehicle Has Body Damage, Loose Chrome, Or Non-Standard Accessories (e.g., Loose Bug
Deflector Shield, Exterior Windshield Visor).
Do Not Use If Vehicle Has Large or Wide Tires That Extend Beyond The Body Of The Vehicle.
Do Not Wash Vehicles With Exposed Propane Or Compressed Gas Tanks Or Loose Items In Pickup Beds.
Retract or Lower All Antennae or Aerials.
Leave Wipers Off.
Fold In Pickup And Van Mirrors.
Confirm That All Latching Parts (Doors, Hoods, Trunk Lids, Tailgates, Etc.) Are Secured.
Drive In Slowly Until STOP/GO Device Indicates STOP Condition.
Page 3
RYKO SoftGloss XS Service Manual
Work Order # 7485800
Place Gear Selector In Park Or Engage Parking Brake.
Drive Out Slowly When STOP/GO Device Indicates GO Condition.
Due To A Wide Variety And Conditions Of Vehicles, Operator Is Not Responsible For Damage Or Injury.
"CAUTION" AND "WARNING" DECALS “CAUTION” and “WARNING” decals are attached in or on this and associated equipment in various
locations. All personnel should read; be familiar with; and observe these “CAUTION” AND “WARNING”
labels. Replace the decals if they become damaged or illegible.
CONTROL PANEL DOOR ACCESS AND PROTECTION The plastic control panel doors on the inside of the machine gantry are secured by a double protection
system to prevent the doors from opening accidentally during SoftGloss XS operation. A rubber draw
latch stretches over the door opening and fastens the doors shut. This large black latch provides easy
visual evidence that the doors are secured.
A plastic half clamp, attached to the Dry/No Dry cover above the control panel doors provides a
secondary safety device by blocking access to the control panel. A label affixed to the clamp instructs the
operator to "PUSH UP" while holding the clamp. Pushing up gently on the clamp raises both the Dry/No
Dry cover and the clamp enough to allow the control panel doors to open.
RECYCLING / DISPOSAL INFORMATION When dismantling this equipment or replacing various parts, it is important to recycle or dispose of
materials and parts properly in accordance with local ordinances and state and federal regulations.
To assist you, RYKO has identified and labeled mercury switches used on reclaim tanks, bay plate
treadle switches and arm assemblies with the following label.
CONTROL SWITCH WITHIN CONTAINS MERCURY
DON'T PUT SWITCH IN TRASH
RECYCLE OR DISPOSE AS HAZARDOUS WASTE
PART NO. 23842-000 -
Page 4
RYKO SoftGloss XS Service Manual
Work Order # 7485800
BASIC REQUIREMENTS AND SPECIFICATIONS
For proper operation customer-provided utilities should meet the minimum utility requirements
that follow.
ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 208/230V AC, 60 HZ, 3 Phase, and
120V AC, 60 HZ, 1 Phase,
OR
460V AC, 60 HZ, 3 Phase, and
120V AC, 60 HZ, 1 Phase
AMPERAGE ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS
The following amperage requirements are recommended for electrical service that will be installed with
time-delay protective fuse. For electrical service with an inversed time breaker consult with a RYKO
Customer Service Representative for additional information.
ONBOARD
Electrical Requirements: Basic: 35 Amps at 208/230 V.
3 Phase Service 15 Amps at 460V.
With Hot Wax: 45 Amps at 208 V.
40 Amps at 230 V.
20 Amps at 460 V.
With OnBoard Dryers: 100 Amps at 208 V.
90 Amps at 230 V.
45 Amps at 460 V.
Separate Power Supply:
Single Phase Service
Additional Requirements
(Required on all machines)
15 Amps at 120 V.
OFFBOARD
Electrical Requirements: Off-Board Boost Pump: 15 Amps at 208/230 V.
(Additional requirements for offboard
optional equipment)
NOTE: If an Off-Board auxiliary boost pump is installed with this
machine an additional, separate 3 phase service is required.
Pre-Wash Pump 15 Amps at 208/230V.
15 Amps at 460V.
Oscillate Motors 15 Amps at 120V.
NOTE: If a Pre-Wash with pump is installed with this machine
additional and separate 3 phase and 1 phase services are required.
To determine the appropriate electrical service requirements for the machine, choose the highest
amperage requirement at the appropriate voltage level that includes the options installed. For example, a
208V machine with a Hot Wax option but without an onboard dryer requires 45 amps. However, a 208V
machine without the Hot Wax option but with an onboard dryer requires 100 amps.
NOTE: 100 AMPS is only required if the On-Board Dry option (machine mounted fans) is installed. If
the Free-Standing Dryer option is installed, additional electrical requirements will be necessary. To
determine the amperage requirement for a free-standing dryer, refer to the Installation Manual for the
freestanding dryer.
Note: Always refer to the drawings and manuals which are shipped with an option for detailed information.
Page 5
RYKO SoftGloss XS Service Manual
Work Order # 7485800
PHASE GENERATOR
At a site where only single phase service is available, a phase generator may be installed to convert
single phase service to three phase service to meet machine requirements.
Electrical Requirements: Machine with On-Board Dryer
(with or without Reclaim):
175 Amps at 230 V, single phase
AIR REQUIREMENTS The air requirements that follow apply to both the Standard and Fast programs.
SoftGloss XS Basic Wash Unit only: Minimum 3/8" ID line at 100 PSI at 3 CFM flow. Maximum pressure of 125 PSI at 3 CFM flow.
(Note: Minimum and maximum listed also apply to all options below.)
With Foam Bath 4 CFM
With UnderCar Wash 4 CFM
With Foam Bath and UnderCar Wash 4 CFM
With TriFoam Wax or TriFoam Detergent 4 CFM
With Dry Option and Frost Protection 5 CFM
WATER REQUIREMENTS Minimum 1" service at 40 PSI with 35 GPM flow rate.
Maximum 1" service at 150 PSI with 40 GPM flow rate.
IMPORTANT: THE UNDERCAR WASH OPTION REQUIRES 27 GPM IN ADDITION TO THE FLOW
REQUIREMENTS LISTED ABOVE.
IMPORTANT: THE PRE-WASH OPTION DOES NOT REQUIRE ADDITIONAL GPM, BUT DOES INCREASE
WATER USAGE, SINCE THE PRE-WASH IS A SEPARATE PASS WHICH USES 35 GPM.
IMPORTANT: THERE SHOULD BE NO RESTRICTIONS IN THE AIR OR WATER LINES.
Page 6
RYKO SoftGloss XS Service Manual
Work Order # 7485800
PHYSICAL SPECIFICATIONS Length: 11' 4"
Width: 12' 9-1/8" with brushes idle
14’ 10" with brushes spinning
Height: 10' 4-1/2" Machine with Boom Mounted
8' 9 1/2" Machine Only
11' 1-1/2" with Top Brush spinning
Height dimensions listed, represent the machine when positioned on the tracks.
Weight 3255 pounds (machine only)
3755 pounds (with OnBoard Dry)
3500 pounds (with Wheel Scrub)
4000 pounds (with OnBoard Dry and Wheel Scrub)
IMPORTANT: WEIGHTS LISTED ARE DRY WEIGHTS AND WITHOUT SHIPPING SKIDS AND SHIPPING
PACKAGING. NOTE: SHIPPING SKIDS AND SHIPPING PACKAGING ADD ABOUT 450 POUNDS.
Note: The Dry option, as it pertains to specification or dimensions, is in reference to a machine with onboard dryer
fans. If the dry option is a free standing system (ThrustPro or SlimLine), specifications will differ.
IMPORTANT: WEIGHTS LISTED ARE APPROXIMATE, AND INCLUDE SOME SKIDDING WEIGHT.
ACCEPTABLE VEHICLE DIMENSIONS RYKO SoftGloss XS systems WILL accommodate vehicles within the dimensions below. SoftGloss XS systems
WILL NOT accommodate vehicles beyond these dimensions.
Length: 19' 0"
Width (body): 95"
Width (tire to tire): 80"
Height: 84"
MISCELLANEOUS 1. As a precautionary measure be sure to check all bolts for tightness. Check gear boxes for proper oil
levels as described in the Maintenance Schedule in this manual.
2. Two hasps are located on the side of the control panel door to allow the operator to lock the door. A
padlock and keys (2) are located in the shipping kit for this purpose. This feature helps to prevent
unauthorized personnel from gaining access to the control panel. These keys should be kept in the
possession of authorized personnel.
3. The machine may be moved manually to any location on the tracks by using the manual key drive
switch. This switch is a part of the Communication Interface Box.
CAUTION! THE MANUAL DRIVE KEY SWITCH MUST BE USED ONLY WHEN THE
MACHINE IS IN THE "AT REST" POSITION.
Page 7
RYKO SoftGloss XS Service Manual
Work Order # 7485800
RECOMMENDED BAY DIMENSIONS
IMPORTANT: MACHINE OPERATIONS DESCRIBED IN THIS MANUAL PERTAIN TO EQUIPMENT INSTALLED
IN BAYS CONSTRUCTED TO RECOMMENDED DIMENSIONS. OPERATIONS MAY ALTER SLIGHTLY WHEN
EQUIPMENT IS INSTALLED IN BAYS CONSTRUCTED TO LESS THAN RECOMMENDED DIMENSIONS.
MINIMUM RECOMMENDED
Width: With or Without Onboard Dry 13' 6" (4115 mm) 16' 0" (4875 mm)
With Aluminum ThrustPro Dryer 13' 6" (4115 mm) 16' 0" (4875 mm)
With Aluminum SlimLine Dryer 13' 6" (4115 mm) 16' 0" (4875 mm)
With Stainless Steel Overhead Dryer
13' 6" (4115 mm) 16' 0" (4875 mm)
Adjustable up to
18' 0" (5485 mm)
With Stainless Steel SlimLine Dryer
13' 6" (4115 mm) 16' 0" (4875 mm)
Adjustable up to
18' 0" (5485 mm)
Length: With or Without Onboard Dry 32' 9" (9980 mm) 34' 3" (10,440 mm)
Required length when
using Auto Door Kit with
Photo Eyes.
34' 9" (10,950 mm)
With Optional 2' 0"
(610 mm) Track
Extensions
36' 3" (10,975 mm)
Required length with
Optional 2' 0" (610 mm)
Track Extensions
With Aluminum ThrustPro Dryer * 42' 6" (12,955 mm) * 50' 6" (15,930 mm)
With Stainless Steel Overhead Dryer
and Stainless Steel Fascia
* 42' 8" (13,005 mm) * 55' 8" (16,965 mm)
With Stainless Steel Overhead Dryer
and Plastic Fascia
* 42' 4" (12,905 mm) * 55' 4" (16,865 mm)
With Aluminum SlimLine Dryer * 34' 1" (10,390 mm) * 47' 1" (14,350 mm)
With Stainless Steel SlimLine Dryer * 37' 1" (11,305 mm) * 50' 1" (15,265 mm)
Height: For All SoftGloss XS and Select-A-
Wash Applications
11' 4" (3455 mm) 12' 0" (3660 mm)
* For Wash Bays With 2' 0" (610 mm Optional Track Extensions Add 2' 0" (610 mm) to this
length.
Page 8
RYKO SoftGloss XS Service Manual
Work Order # 7485800
ELECTRICAL TESTING LABORATORIES (ETL) LISTING A label on electrical industrial control panels indicates compliance with Underwriters Laboratories (UL)
standards and listing with Electrical Testing Laboratories.
ELECTRICALTESTING LABORATORIES (ETL)
CONTROL NUMBER 3036523
Listing details are available at www.etlsemko.com
CAUTION: WHEN REPLACING PARTS OR COMPONENTS IN THE ELECTRICAL
INDUSTRIAL CONTROL PANEL, USE IDENTICAL OR SIMILARLY RATED PARTS OR
COMPONENTS. REPLACEMENT OF ORGINAL EQUIPMENT WITH PARTS OR
COMPONENTS NOT IDENTICAL OR SIMILARLY RATED MAY VOID THE E.T.L.
LISTING AND COULD POTENTIALLY CAUSE ELECTRICAL SAFETY HAZARD.
Page 9
RYKO SoftGloss XS Service Manual
Work Order # 7485800
TERMS / DEFINITIONS
TERMS AND DEFINITIONS
ARMED
The rollover has been prepared for activation by its arming device and is ready to cycle when the
activation device provides input information to the Programmable Logic Controller (PLC).
ARMING DEVICE
This device is installed at the entrance of the bay and is used by the customer to purchase a wash.
Arming devices available include; the Code-A-Wash System, the Accumulator, the Auto Cashier, the
standard coin box and the Multi-Upgrade coin box.
ACTIVATION DEVICES
These devices cause the machine to begin actual operation by providing inputs to the Programmable
Logic Controller (PLC). Activation devices include: bay plates or switches, air switches, loop activation
devices or push buttons.
AT REST
This machine is in the 'At Rest' position after completing a wash cycle. All motors are off. The
Programmable Logic Controller resets, operational control circuits are deactivated, and the PLC is ready
to be "Armed".
BAY SWITCH
The bay switch is installed between the tracks. When the front tires of the vehicle make contact with the
bay switches, a relay is energized causing the wash cycle to begin.
LEFT AND RIGHT SIDE
The left side refers to the side of the bay or machine to the driver's left upon entering the bay. The right
side refers to the side of the bay or machine to the driver's right upon entering the bay.
FRONT AND REAR OF MACHINE
The front of the machine is considered the side of the machine that is viewed from the exit end of the bay.
The rear of the machine is the side of the machine the customer would see on entering the bay.
FORWARD AND REVERSE (DIRECTION)
Machine movement toward the exit end of the bay is considered forward. Reverse refers to machine
movement toward the entrance end of the bay.
PASS
A pass refers to the passing of the machine over the vehicle once in either the forward or reverse direction
during operation. Each time the machine travels from front to rear or from rear to front of the vehicle is a
pass.
WASH CYCLE
The wash cycle is the specific wash that a customer will receive via the wash selections available at a
given wash location.
ELECTRICAL CONTROL PANEL
Located on the right interior side of the machine, the Electrical Control Panel houses low and high voltage
components and circuitry .
Page 10
RYKO SoftGloss XS Service Manual
Work Order # 7485800
WARNING! THE HIGH VOLTAGE DISCONNECT SWITCH WILL NOT SHUT OFF THE
120VAC SINGLE PHASE POWER IN THE HIGH VOLTAGE PANEL.
PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER (PLC)
The Programmable Logic Controller is a compact, self-contained, computerized controller that is located
in the Electrical Control Panel. It provides fast, reliable transmitting and monitoring of required signals,
while eliminating the wiring and maintenance needs required by conventional relays. For further
descriptive information pertaining to the operation of the PLC refer to Programmable Logic Controller
Operation.
EMERGENCY STOP STATION SWITCH
This normally closed switch, if activated during a wash, shuts off all 24VAC power to the low voltage
components in the Electrical Control Panel, thus causing the machine to cease operation. The
Emergency Stop switch does not remove high voltage from the machine. This switch is a part of
the Communication Interface Box that is normally installed in the bay. This box also houses the manual
drive key switch, the 2 Digit Code Display LED, and the Operation Mode (Car Wash Open/Car Wash
Closed) switch. Singular style Emergency Stop Stations’ (optional) are also available.
CONTROL POWER
Control power is 24VAC power from the transformer. It is always present unless the Emergency Stop
Station switch is activated.
DISCONNECT SWITCH
The disconnect switch is located in the control panel. It works in conjunction with the ON/OFF Activation
Device that is located on the control panel door. The door can only be opened when the ON/OFF
Activation Device is placed to the OFF position. When placed in the OFF position, all high voltage power
to the panel is disconnected through the disconnect switch. The door must be closed and the ON/OFF
Activation Device turned ON before the machine will be able to resume operation.
WARNING! THE HIGH VOLTAGE DISCONNECT SWITCH WILL NOT SHUT OFF THE
120VAC SINGLE PHASE POWER IN THE HIGH VOLTAGE PANEL.
PNEUMATICS
Pneumatics consist of regulators, valves and solenoids that are located on the right side of the machine.
Air pressure adjustments are made at this location.
WASH BAY TERMINAL BOX
Mounted on either side wall, all power feeds through this box to the machine.
CIRCUIT PROTECTORS
Circuit Protectors are thermal devices that are assigned to each motor to protect it from overload failure.
See Motor Circuit Protector Protection.
CONTACTORS
The machine's contactors are energized by 24VAC power controlled by the PLC. When these contactors
are energized, high voltage power to various machine motors or heating elements. These motors and
heating elements include; the right and left gantry drive motors, the top brush motor, the right and left
front brush motors, the right and left rear brush motors, the wheel scrub motors - 2 (optional), the dryer
fan - 2 (optional), the wiper - 1 (optional), and the hot wax heater element.
Page 11
RYKO SoftGloss XS Service Manual
Work Order # 7485800
WARNING! RYKO SAFETY SERVICE REQUIREMENT. SERVICE PERSONNEL
MUST PERFORM LOCKOUT / TAGOUT SAFETY PROCEDURES PER OSHA
REGULATIONS, 29 CRF 1910-147 AND 1910-331 THROUGH 1910-335.
MACHINE PROGRAM
The machine has one program that enables numerous wash combinations. A service technician enters
machine setup information appropriate for each individual wash location.
COMMUNICATIONS INTERFACE BOX
The Communications Interface Box, which is normally installed in the bay, houses the manual drive
switch, the Operation Mode (Car Wash Open/Car Wash Closed) switch, and the Emergency Stop switch
and the 2 Digit LED display. Additional detailed descriptions for each of these switches and the 2 Digit
LED are provided elsewhere in this manual. Testing of various wash functions and Wash Counts are
also attainable from this box.
PROXIMITY SWITCHES
A proximity switch is an electrical device that detects a target plate when a specific condition in the
machine’s operation has been met. When the target plate is detected, the proximity switch then signals
the PLC that the condition has been met. For locations and operation of proximity switches that exist on
the machine, refer to Proximity Switches.
VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE (VFD) UNIT(S)
The Variable Frequency Drive unit(s) controls the operation of the wiper and the drive motors on the
machine. For additional information, see Variable Frequency Drive Unit.
CLUTCH
A pneumatic operated clutch has been installed on the upper portion of the rear arms. The clutch
engages (spins) the upper section of the arms for tall vehicles (e.g., vans, sport utility vehicles) pickup
trucks and the passenger portion of sedan style cars. The clutch disengages at the hoods of all vehicles.
ULTRASONIC SENSOR
Used to "read" or detect the profile of vehicles, this device "sees" the drop from the roof to the hood of
vehicles and the drop from the vehicle roof to the trunk of a sedan style vehicle or the bed of a pickup.
When these distance "drops" are seen, the clutch disengages. This device also reads or detects the
presence of pickup truck beds to activate the top brush interrupt.
CURRENT RELAY
A current relay is an electromechanical device that is capable of sensing electrical current through a piece
of wire. When a specific current value is reached a signal is sent to notify the PLC. For a machine with
FoamBrite brush option, the second phase of the top brush, both front and rear brush motors wires are
monitored by three current relays through three stepdown transformers, These current relays will signal
the PLC to take precautionary action when any of these brush motors is overloading. This can minimize
unnecessary circuit protector trip.
Note: Current sensors should be set according to setting labels. Changing the setting values without
consulting with authorized RYKO personnel is not recommended. If top brush current sensor trips
unnecessarily during normal operations, check the exhaust port flow control valve on the top brush air
cylinder and readjust as described in Dry FoamBrite Brushes at Top Brush Proximity Switch /
Counterweight Adjustment in this manual. Recommended adjustment: To adjust the top brush air
cylinder exhaust port, open the exhaust port flow control valve half a turn at a time until the current sensor
stops tripping on the windshield of a tall vehicle.
Page 12
RYKO SoftGloss XS Service Manual
Work Order # 7485800
CONTROL PANEL SWITCHES
Control Panel Switches are located in the Control Panel next to the Variable Frequency Drive Controller.
A description and operation of each switch follows.
PLC Switch
Settings for this switch are RUN and STOP. At such time a program change with the Hand Held
Programmer is required or anytime an output is forced on, this switch must be placed to the STOP
position.
PLC Power Switch
Settings for this switch are ON and OFF. When a cassette must be exchanged or an irrecoverable error
has occurred this switch would be placed to the OFF position.
Wheel Scrub Switch
Settings for this switch are ENABLE and DISABLE. This switch is normally set at the ENABLE position.
It is only placed to the DISABLE position if, for any reason, a malfunction occurs to the wheel scrub that
does not hinder other wash operations of the machine or if the owner/operator desires not to operate the
wheel scrub.
Wiper Switch
Settings for this switch are ENABLE and DISABLE. This switch is normally set at the ENABLE position.
Set at DISABLE only if a malfunction occurs to the wiper that does not hinder of the machine's other
wash operations or if the owner/operator does not desire to operate the wiper.
Circuit Protectors
To the right of the switches described above are four (4) circuit protectors, CB0 (24 VAC), CB1 (24 VAC),
CB2 (24 VAC), CB3 (24 VAC). To reset a circuit protector, press in on the button of the circuit protector
that has tripped.
Other parts/components that are located in the control panel consist of the Programmable Logic
Controller (PLC), the Variable Frequency Drive Controller (VFD), Disconnect Switch, and various circuit
protectors and contactors. Descriptions of these items are provided in Terms and Definitions.
Page 13
RYKO SoftGloss XS Service Manual
Work Order # 7485800
OPERATION
STARTUP / SHUT DOWN, AND EMERGENCY STOP PROCEDURES
The following information discusses use of the emergency stop switch and the startup and shut down of
the wash system. Also discussed are tasks that the owner/operator/attendant should attend to previous
to opening or before closing.
STARTUP AND SHUT DOWN PROCEDURES Startup and shut down of the vehicle wash system, at such times as opening and closing, is made via the
Communications Interface Box. This box (normally installed in the bay), houses a 2 Digit Code Display, a
Manual Drive Key Switch, an Emergency Stop Switch, and the Operation Mode (Car Wash Open/Car
Wash Closed Switch).
To shut the system down, place the Operation Mode (Car Wash Open/Car Wash Closed) switch to the
CLOSED position. To start the system, place the Operation Mode (Car Wash Open/Car Wash Closed)
switch to the OPEN position.
IMPORTANT: UNLESS AN EMERGENCY SITUATION ARISES, THE SOFTGLOSS XS SHOULD ONLY BE
STARTED AND STOPPED VIA THE CAR WASH OPEN/CLOSE SWITCH.
Other considerations to shutdown and startup of the machine at opening and closing include:
Before startup perform all daily, weekly, and monthly, etc. maintenance directives according to the
Maintenance Schedule in this manual.
Verify that all exit and entrance doors to the bay are secured when closing and unlocked when
opening.
During cold weather verify that all heaters (including heaters built in with equipment; pump stand, hot
water heater, etc.) in the bay, and the equipment room, are functioning properly.
EMERGENCY STOP PROCEDURE (TO BE USED IN EMERGENCY ONLY)
The Emergency Stop Switch is part of the Communication Interface Box. Optional single style
Emergency Stop Stations for installation in the bay or other desired locations are also available. Should
an emergency situation occur that requires immediate shut down of the machine, it is important to know
the simple operation of this switch.
To shut the machine down in the event of emergency, press in the large button type Emergency
Stop Switch. This will also prevent any coin box activity from reactivating the machine. To
return the equipment to normal operation, pull out on the switch.
As a safety consideration, RYKO recommends installation of at least one additional single type
Emergency Stop Switch at the opposite end of the bay from where the Communication Interface Box is
installed. This recommendation is not, however, an installation requirement.
WARNING! THE HIGH VOLTAGE DISCONNECT SWITCH WILL NOT SHUT OFF THE
120VAC SINGLE PHASE POWER IN THE HIGH VOLTAGE PANEL.
Page 14
RYKO SoftGloss XS Service Manual
Work Order # 7485800
WASH SEQUENCES INFORMATION
The wash sequences desired and available with this machine will depend on the program “Standard” or
“Fast”, and the options that are installed. Normally these wash combinations are determined by the
owner/operator previous to installation. They can, however, be altered to meet changing marketing
situations.
While wash sequences may indicate wash combinations of the same likeness, a) the time it takes to
complete a wash cycle, b) the sequence of travel (forward, reverse), and c) the locations on the track
where the machine begins various wash applications, sequences may differ with each program as well as
the wash combination offered.
The Description of Operation that follows gives an overall general description of a wash with a machine
that has all wash options (UnderCar, On-Board Dry, Foam Bath Application, etc.) installed.
For information pertaining to setting up the machine for specific sequences see Machine Setup
information and the product section of the Technical Manual.
MACHINE PROGRAM
As stated in Terms and Definitions, this machine has one program that enables numerous wash
combinations depending on machine setup entry.
Additional information as it pertains to the possible wash cycles and travel sequences is available on the
FST System. Refer to the program number under Info Reference > Program Reference > Equipment >
SoftGloss XS.
DESCRIPTION OF OPERATION
Activation of a wash and various wash sequences are initiated by one of three types of arming devices as
listed in Terms and Definitions, Activation Devices.
Due to the variances in operation and programs, the information that follows gives a general
description only of wash options that are normally featured with a wash cycle. The wash
sequence will depend on the program and options installed and may differ from the following
description.
Operation begins when:
Step 1: Activation 1. The customer activates the automatic attendant to arm the machine for the selected wash.
2. The automatic attendant activates the PLC. When this occurs a green light on each of the front
brush arms of the machine illuminates. This indicates to the driver to drive into the bay.
3. As the vehicle enters the bay, its front tires make contact with and close the bay switches. The green
lights turn off and the red lights, also located on each front arm, illuminate informing the customer to
stop.
Step 2: Oscillating Pre-Wash
Page 15
RYKO SoftGloss XS Service Manual
Work Order # 7485800
If the OscillatingPre-Wash is part of the selected wash, the oscillating manifold of the Pre-Wash sprays
the rocker panel of the vehicle. The manifold oscillates as the gantry drives to the rear of the vehicle and
then back to the "home" position.
Step 3: Foam Bath or TriFoam Detergent (if present) Application 1. If the Foam Bath and/or the TriFoam Detergent option is part of the selected wash, concentrated
detergent is sprayed over the surface of the vehicle. The direction of the machine movement during
foam application varies depending on program setups and the wash combination selected. The
ultrasonics will "read" or detect the profile of the vehicle during this pass.
Step 4: UnderCar Wash 1. The UnderCar Wash option sprays water on the bottom of the vehicle for a period of 5 seconds
(approximate) before the machine begins its wash cycle. Water continues to spray from nozzles on
the two manifold for 15 seconds (approximate) after the machine begins operation. Total running
time of the UnderCar Wash option is 20 seconds. The UnderCar Wash operates during the Pre-
Wash if present. If the Pre-Wash is not present but the Foam Bath is, then the UnderCar Wash
operates during the Foam Bath. If neither the Pre-Wash or Foam Bath are present, the UnderCar
Wash operates during the start of the wash cycle. If this option is installed, refer to the owner’s
manual included with shipment of this product for maintenance and operation procedures.
Step 5: Wash Cycle 1. The wash cycle begins with water and detergent mixture spraying from all main spray nozzles on the
machine. This reverse pass must be to the rear of the vehicle to allow the ultrasonics to "read" the
profile of the vehicle unless the "read" pass is accomplished during the Foam Bath cycle.
2. The four (4) side brushes begin to spin. The drives start in a forward direction, and the machine will
move to the front of the vehicle. As previously stated, route of travel will vary depending on the
program installed as well as the wash combination selected.
3. When the machine reaches the front of the vehicle, the front side brushes wrap around and clean the
grill and head lights. To assure a thorough cleaning, High Air-In is activated for this washing
process.
The machine moves forward. At a preset point, the lead brushes make contact with the proximity switch.
The proximity switch causes the machine to stop its forward or reverse movement. The side brushes
move to an out position and stop spinning.
At this time the machine reverses directions and makes another wash pass over the vehicle. This
depends on programming and the wash combination selected.
At the end of the reverse wash pass the rear side brushes wrap around and clean the back bumper and
tail lights when the machine is at the rear of the vehicle. After a delay wavering at the rear of the
vehicle, the machine continues reverse movement to enable the top brush to clean the vehicle’s rear
window and deck. When the proximity switch contact is made at the rear of the vehicle the machine
stops and the brushes stop spinning.
IMPORTANT: MACHINE PROGRAMMING PROVIDES FOR THE WHEELS TO BE SCRUBBED DURING THE
MACHINE'S FIRST FORWARD TO REAR WASH PASS.
4. If foam and detergent are applied in combination at the same time, the machine's travel sequence
varies depending on programming and the wash combination selected.
Page 16
RYKO SoftGloss XS Service Manual
Work Order # 7485800
5. Water / detergent mixture that is spraying from the machine's nozzles will change to conform with the
wash requirements the customer has purchased.
Step 6: Wheel Scrub 1. If the Wheel Scrub is installed and featured with the wash cycle selected by the customer, the front
wheels will be scrubbed during the wash passes. The vehicle's rear wheels are detected by the front-
side photoeyes and scrubbed during the rear to front (forward) wash pass. The vehicle's front wheels
are detected by the rear-side photoeyes and scrubbed during the front to rear (reverse) wash pass.
Located on the lower inside portion on each side of the machine’s frame is 1 circular brush. When the
wheels of a vehicle are detected by photo-electric eyes, these wheel brushes are activated and
extend to provide a thorough cleaning and scrubbing of both the front and rear wheels.
The wheel scrub brushes operate in accordance to the description that follows.
The scrub brushes provide a double scrubbing sequence to the wheels. During this wash, the
wheel scrub brushes come in on the front wheels during the machine's reverse movement, spin
in one direction, retract, reverse their spin direction, then re-extend to give the wheels a second
scrubbing. After the brushes retract the second time, the machine continues washing the vehicle
until the rear wheels are detected. The wheel scrub repeats the same wash sequence on these
wheels as it made on the front wheels.
If installed, refer to the literature included in shipment of this option for maintenance and
operation procedures.
After the wheels of the vehicle have been cleaned and the pass over the vehicle is completed,
water and detergent mixture from the main spray nozzles stops. Depending on program and
wash combination selected, the machine is positioned at either the rear or the front of the vehicle
ready to proceed with the next wash occurrence, Rinse, Hot Wax, or Cold Wax application.
Step 7: Rinse Application 1. The next function that occurs after the wash cycle is the application of a rinse over the vehicle.
Note: Except for a few programmed wash combinations that give a hot wax application rather than a rinse, all other
programmed wash combinations deliver a water or a Rinse-Off rinse of the vehicle after a wash cycle.
When this occurs, water or Rinse-Off will spray from the nozzles on the manifold as the machine
makes a pass over the vehicle. In most programmed wash combinations, the rinse cycle will begin at
the front of the vehicle and move to the rear of the vehicle.
At the rear position, the machine stops, and rinse water from the nozzles discontinues spraying. If
programming calls for a second rinse of the vehicle, rinse water or rinse-off continues to spray and
the machine continues operation by reversing its direction toward the front of the vehicle and making
a second rinse pass.
Note: The majority of programs and wash combinations call for the machine to apply a rinse after a wash cycle.
Whether this rinse pass consists of one or two passes over the vehicle depends on programming and wash combinations.
Whether the rinse consists of one or two passes, at such time the rinse cycle is complete the rinse
water from the nozzles discontinues spraying, arms are in the out position, and the wash is either
complete or the next wash function commences according to programming.
Page 17
RYKO SoftGloss XS Service Manual
Work Order # 7485800
Page 18
RYKO SoftGloss XS Service Manual
Work Order # 7485800
Step 8: Cold Wax, Hot Wax, TriFoam Wax, or Clear Coat Application 1. Should the wash combination not call for a dry cycle, application of either a rinse or Cold Wax or a
combination of both is made over the vehicle. Depending on the program, application may be made
from front to rear or rear to front. In some situations, application may consist of more than one pass
over the vehicle.
2. If the wash cycle includes a dry cycle, Wax Luster (Hot Wax) and/or Clear Coat sealant is then
sprayed on the vehicle. It should be remembered that in many instances Clear Coat sealant is sold
as a car care enhancement option and is applied instead of the Hot Wax. Go to Step 9.
Step 9: Completion of Wash Cycle 1. If the vehicle is not to receive an onboard dry the wash ends. At this time the green (GO) lights on
the side arms come on indicating that the customer should drive out. The machine is in the "At Rest"
position at the exit end of the bay and the wash cycle is complete. If an On-Board Dry of the vehicle
is to be made after the wash, continue to Step 9: Dry Cycle.
Step 10: Dry Cycle 1. If an on-board dry cycle is to be received after the wash cycle, the green (GO) light does not come on
when the wash cycle is complete. Operation of the machine continues from a point where the
machine goes to a "Rest" position at the end of a wash cycle.
2. All brushes will be idle and in a retracted position.
3. While still in the raised position, the top brush spins to clear excess water. The wiper located on the
top assembly clears water from the drip pan to prevent it from dripping on the vehicle.
4. Before the machine begins to move, the fans start and the oscillating louvers on both fans begin
moving to dry the vehicle. The PLC signals the electric (wiper) motor to turn on. This electric motor
then enables the wiper drive tape so the wiper moves from one side of the machine to the other at the
beginning of each dry pass.
5. When the dry cycle is complete, the machine is in the "At Rest" position with fans and oscillators shut
off. The dry cycle, like with the wash cycle, may be a single pass or double pass dry depending on
machine setups.
MACHINE SETUP INFORMATION
This machine may be programmed to enable different wash functions and wash sequences to occur with
respect to;
a) the options that may be installed with the machine,
b) the number of passes the machine makes over the vehicle during a wash cycle, and
c) the speeds at which wash and dry cycles are made.
Specific PLC machine setup programming by a RYKO Service Technician is required to attain the
owner/operator setups desired. Consult ithe Setups and Tmers document listed for the program number
on the FST System under Info Reference > Program Reference > Equipment > Softgloss XS.
OPERATOR'S CHOICE PROGRAMMING Operator's Choice Programming allows the operator to perform the machine setups for the wash
operation. It also provides Variable Wash Speed programming that automatically changes wash
operation speeds according to customer traffic or allows the operator to initiate changes to the machine's
Page 19
RYKO SoftGloss XS Service Manual
Work Order # 7485800
operation speed from the office or kiosk using a key on the Code-A-Wash IV console. Operator's Choice
Programming is completed on the Code-A-Wash IV in the Manager's Mode. For details, refer to the
Operator's Choice Programming Instruction document on the FST System . Look under the appropriate
program at Info Reference > Program Reference > Equipment > SoftGloss XS.
Page 20
RYKO SoftGloss XS Service Manual
Work Order # 7485800
COLD WEATHER OPERATION
This machine may be operated during the colder months of the year. Such operation, however, is subject
to the owner/operator's discretion. During freezing weather ice build up on limit switches, brushes, and
floors, if left unattended, can cause damage to the machine or vehicles. Ice build up must be removed.
If a wash bay is equipped with any of the optional RYKO Automatic Door Openers that allow one bay
door to be open at a time, the machine will be protected for operation at a lower temperature than if both
doors remain open.
An optional Frost Protection feature is available to remove water from the system between wash cycles
and further protect the machine during freezing weather. This option is highly recommended for
machines operating in climates with inclement winter weather.
OPTIONAL REMOTE ARMING DEVICES
RYKOwash Vehicle Wash Systems are controlled automatically with one of three optional remote
automatic attendant arming devices. These devices include the; RYKO Code-A-Wash IV, the Auto
Cashier, or the RYKO Accumulator (Coin Box).
All RYKO automatic attendants will activate the machine whenever;
1) the control power is on,
2) a vehicle is on the bay switches, and
3) the Emergency Stop switch is not activated.
Once a vehicle is on the bay switches, blocking coils in the Coin Box prevent another activation of the
machine until the vehicle being washed has finished its cycle. The Code-A-Wash IV can accept the input
of the next customer before the current customer has finished the wash cycle. Instructions for operation
of these automatic attendants are included with shipment of the option.
IMPORTANT! IF THE ARMING DEVICE USED IS AN AUTO CASHIER, THE VEND DURATION TIME MUST BE
SET TO 9.9 SECONDS (MAXIMUM). THIS IS DONE TO ENSURE THAT IF A CUSTOMER LEAVES THE WASH
BEFORE THE WASH CYCLE IS COMPLETE, ESCROWED CODES ARE NOT LOST. REFER TO THE AUTO
CASHIER MANUAL INCLUDED WITH THE AUTO CASHIER FOR INSTRUCTIONS ON HOW TO ADJUST THE
VEND DURATION TIME.
WATER SYSTEM
Water is the basic ingredient in all vehicle wash systems. Various additives and techniques are used to
increase the cleaning action of water, such as liquid soap for better particle dissolution, and the agitation
by brushes. However, to insure a quality wash, the correct supply and usage of water is a primary factor.
Water system operation guidelines for the machine follow.
As stated in Basic Requirements and Specifications, the machine's water needs (without UnderCar Wash
option) may be provided by city water or any other source capable of supplying 30 GPM at 40 PSI
(minimum) to 150 PSI (maximum).
IMPORTANT: THE UNDERCAR WASH OPTION REQUIRES 30 GPM IN ADDITION TO THE FLOW
REQUIREMENTS LISTED ABOVE.
IMPORTANT: THERE SHOULD BE NO RESTRICTIONS IN THE AIR OR WATER LINES.
Page 21
RYKO SoftGloss XS Service Manual
Work Order # 7485800
The water flows from its source through a flexible rubber "umbilical" hose and into the machine.
The water system sprays from the top and sides of the gantry and from the side arms through nozzles
placed to provide maximum saturation.
The front side arm nozzles may be adjusted to owner/operator preference. Loosen the three mounting
bolts, then swivel the nozzle, and retighten the bolts with the nozzle in the desired position. Nozzles
should be adjusted to provide good water coverage of the vehicle.
The Pre-Wash Option includes an accessory pump (not installed on the gantry) which boosts the inlet
wash water pressure an additional 80 PSI. Either reclaim or fresh water may be used. The pressurized
Pre-Wash water routes to the Pre-Wash manifolds through a flexible, rubber "umbilical" hose.
Note: Due to the sequence of operation the Pre-Wash requires no additional water service.
ADDITIVE SYSTEM (WITH BLUE WHITE PUMPS)
USING APPROPRIATE ADDITIVES WITH THIS WASH EQUIPMENT
Alkaline or acid presoak type detergents that are normally used with touch free wash systems are not
appropriate for use with RYKO friction wash equipment. These detergents are more suited for use
with high volume spray wash equipment and do not provide adequate lubrication on friction wash
brushes. On filament machines and on FoamBrite machines these detergents can increase the
likelihood of damage to the vehicle.
Presoak detergents require sufficient water volume to rinse off completely. Unlike RYKO's spray
wash equipment, RYKO's friction wash machines are not designed to rinse vehicles with the volume
of water that would be necessary to completely remove a presoak type detergent. The residual
presoak remaining on surfaces or glass could damage the vehicle.
Presoak detergents do not foam as well as friction wash detergents. Though foam does not indicate
the detergent's ability to clean, customers perceive that more foam equals better cleaning.
RYKO has prepared and tested additives for effective and safe use with this equipment. Before
using an additive supplied by others, consult the Material Safety Data Sheet information pertaining to
the product and discuss the advisability with your local RYKO service representative.
The additive solutions used in the machine are very important. RYKO cleaning aids have been specially
formulated for use with RYKO equipment and are recommended for best operation. RYKO Cleaning
Aids are available in 5, 15, and 55 gallon containers. Mixing RYKO Cleaning Aids is not required.
Simply connect the detergent lines and prime the lines initially.
RYKO Mountain Pine Foaming Detergent solution aids water in softening and loosening road film, grime,
and dirt that have accumulated on the vehicle. It also helps remove foreign particles to provide a better
cleaning job. In addition, this pine scented detergent acts as a lubricant between the brushes and the
vehicle surface to protect delicate paint finishes. Proper detergent concentration also increases brush life
and reduces bristle tangling. If Cold or Hot Wax options are not used, application of Rinse-Off is
necessary to sheet the water that minimizes spotting when the vehicle will not be blown dry. RYKO
Mountain Pine Foaming Detergent is quick cleaning non-streaking, biodegradable, fast rinsing, and
highly lubricative. Detergent costs per vehicle are minimal. For non-scented detergent, order RYKO
High Foam detergent.
Page 22
RYKO SoftGloss XS Service Manual
Work Order # 7485800
RYKO offers ultra-concentrated high foam detergent in three colors for use with the TriFoam Detergent
option. It performs the same functions as the Mountain Pine Foaming Detergent.
RYKO Rinse-Off is used when the vehicle does not receive an automatic dry.
RYKO Citrus Shine Wax is necessary during the wax cycle to bead the water so it is easily blown from
the vehicle surface by the dryer fans, providing optimum drying results. This RYKO Citrus Shine Wax is
citrus scented and on its application to the vehicle's surface provides a lemon aroma that lingers on the
vehicle's surface for a short period of time after application. For non-scented wax order RYKO Wax
Luster.
RYKO Red, Yellow and Blue Foam Wax Concentrate provides the same benefits as RYKO Wax Luster
R. Its application is visually highlighted using colorful wax and optional flashing spotlights during the
TriFoam Wax cycle.
RYKO Clear Coat is a polymer (silicone) base type product that offers longer lasting qualities than hot
wax, without the required heating. In many installations, this additive option is sold as an option and
applied after a wax application.
RYKO Tire Cleaner is used for cleaning the tires via the Wheel Scrubber application and/or the Tire
Chemical Spray option.
RYKO Rust Inhibitor is used during the application of the UnderCar Wash cycle.
POLYTUBE CONNECTIONS The polytubes must match correctly to ensure the correct coloration of the TriFoam options. The Air
Tubing and Detergent or Wax tubings are identified by color and should be connected as described in
the charts below.
Detergent
Air Tubing Detergent Tubing (Clear)
Yellow # 1 TriFoam Detergent (Yellow)
Blue # 2 TriFoam Detergent (Blue)
Red # 3 TriFoam Detergent (Red)
Wax
Air Tubing Wax Tubing (Clear)
Orange # 1 TriFoam Wax (Yellow)
Green # 2 TriFoam Wax (Blue)
Purple # 3 TriFoam Wax (Red)
Page 23
RYKO SoftGloss XS Service Manual
Work Order # 7485800
ADDITIVE PUMP PRIMING AND DIAL SETTING Before priming any additive pumps, connect the pump inlet and
outlet to the appropriate lines.
CAUTION! ONLY HAND TIGHTEN THE PUMP
FITTINGS. NEVER USE PLIERS OR WRENCHES
FOR TIGHTENING: BREAKAGE OF FITTINGS OR
CRACKS IN THE PUMP HEAD COULD RESULT
WHICH COULD VOID THE WARRANTY.
Make sure the correct RYKO additive (Foaming Detergent,
Rinse-Off, Wax, etc.) is in the appropriate container and that it is
filled above the foot valve in the additive supply container.
Turn the pumps “ON” with the manual switch and set the dial
adjustment on each pump to 100%. Only adjust the dial
when the pump is operating.
Provided there is some liquid in the pump head and the discharge pressure is not excessive, the pumps
should self prime. If the pump fails to prime, check to make sure there is liquid in the pump head and
that the inlet and outlet lines are free of obstructions. If necessary, liquid can be added to the pump head
by removing the pump fitting. The pumps should now be primed.
After the additive system is completely primed, set the dials for the appropriate recommended additive
disbursement, per the Additive Pump Setting Chart that follows. Should the pump setting for the specific
additive be set for a higher or lower volume than that which is recommended, problems could occur. A
setting that allows too little additive to be disbursed may not provide proper cleaning.
Note: Pump settings are recommended based on results from testing RYKO Cleaning Aids and pumps under a
variety of washing situations / conditions, including the use of soft water. These settings may need to be altered in order to meet the specific needs of a wash location. This would especially hold true if soft water is not used.
If the pump does not deliver or only delivers a limited portion of the additive on the initial start-up of the
unit, the problem may be that an inlet and / or outlet valve is not seating properly. This allows air to enter
the additive line. If this symptom occurs, verify and correct.
RYKO ADDITIVE SETTING CHARTS The information that follows gives recommended dial settings to allow the proper volume of additive for
each wash. These settings are provided as a starting point and guide. Fine tuning may be necessary to
meet location requirements.
Additives Dial Setting
Foam Bath or Detergent 3 to 5 (30% to 50%)
TriFoam Detergent 6 (60%)
Rinse-Off 1 to 3 (10% to 30%)
Wax or Clear Coat 6 (60%)
TriFoam Wax 6 (60%)
Tire Cleaner 9 to Maximum (90% to 100%)
Rust Inhibitor 3 to 5 (30% to 50%)
Page 24
RYKO SoftGloss XS Service Manual
Work Order # 7485800
Page 25
RYKO SoftGloss XS Service Manual
Work Order # 7485800
TRIFOAM DETERGENT & TRIFOAM WAX AIR & WATER SETTINGS
Additive Air Water Control Valve
TriFoam Detergent 12 PSI 2-1/2 turns open
TriFoam Wax 12 PSI 2-1/2 turns open
Note::Adjust air and water from initial settings to desired foam appearance.
ADDITIVE SYSTEM OPERATION The detergent, wax/rinse-off system is designed to automatically dispense additives mixed with water over
the surface of the vehicle being washed. This is accomplished when the called out additive is released
into the water line and then disbursed on the vehicle's surface from nozzles that are located on the water
manifold. Note: Pre-Wash water does not use any additives.
The detergent used for washing the vehicle is added to the water system of the machine from a 120VAC
pump that pumps an accurate amount of additive on each vehicle.
Back flow to the detergent tank drum is prevented by a check valve that is installed in the line. The
amount of detergent injected in the line is controlled by the stroke of the detergent pump that has been
adjusted for a determined flow rate. When the dial is set for the desired setting, this valve restricts the
stroke of the pump. The longer the stroke, the more detergent solution is released into the water system.
If the vehicle is not to receive an automatic dry, the Rinse-Off additive is necessary to sheet the water in
order to minimize spotting. One rinse pump (optional) will need to be installed to enable application of
the RInse-Off additive. This pump allows an accurate amount of Rinse-Off to be disbursed into the water
line which in turn applies this mixture over the vehicle surface at the appropriate time called out during
the wash cycle. As with the detergent additive, back flow to the rinse-off tank drum is prevented by a
check valve in the line.
The wax pump is only installed with machines that have the cold or hot wax options. Wax is needed
ONLY if a Dry cycle is used. If wax is applied and not blown off, spotting could occur. If a dry is
performed without wax application, water will not bead up and the water may not be sufficiently removed.
Unless hot wax is present, the wax is pumped directly into the water system located on the gantry of the
machine. There is a check valve at this location to prevent back flow of the wax. Should hot wax be
present, wax is pumped to the wax routing solenoid where it is distributed to the hot or cold wax system.
If featured, the Foam Bath option is capable of dispersing a foamy shampoo over the vehicle previous to
the start of the wash cycle. This occurs when detergent is dispensed to the foam bath manifold, rather
than into the water line.
This foam bath foaming assembly is located on each side of the frame underneath the access panel
doors. It operates by mixing air (coming from the foamer solenoid in the pneumatic panel and activated
by the PLC), with detergent and water in the Foam Bath foamer assembly. The air and detergent are
forced through a fine mesh to create a foam. Adjustment is possible with the flow valve in the air line
(located on the pneumatic panel on the machine's right side) and the flow valve in the water line (located
in the Remote Chemical Pump Assembly above the chemical pumps).
The Foam Bath System gets its pressure from the air manifold and is controlled by the foam bath
regulator. This assures identical additive usage from cycle to cycle.
Page 26
RYKO SoftGloss XS Service Manual
Work Order # 7485800
When installed on the SoftGloss XS, the TriFoam Detergent option allows the simultaneous application of
colorful streams of foamy ultra-concentrated detergent over the surface of the vehicle preceding the wash
cycle. A chemical/water mixture feeds the TriFoam Detergent manifolds on each side of the machine
gantry. The manifolds deliver two of the three colored detergent streams and the standard detergent
foam bath nozzles on each side provide the third color. The effect is visually striking while providing a
high quality vehicle wash.
Clogging of the additive system is prevented by a screen filter in the main additive line.
FOAM BATH, TRIFOAM DETERGENT, TRIFOAM WAX, AND HOT WAX TEST Located in the Communications Interface Box is a TEST button. This button when pressed, enables
activation of the Foam Bath system (or the TriFoam Detergent or TriFoam Wax if present) to allow
adjustment of water, air and detergent or the hot wax system to test the Hot Wax heater. Other test
functions that can be performed via this TEST button include; the Pre-Wash Oscillate Test, Fan Nozzle
Oscillate Test, and UnderCar Wash Manifolds Oscillate Test.
For operation procedures of the TEST buttons refer to Communications Interface Box
information given in this manual.
ADJUSTMENTS - AIR AND WATER (FOAM BATH, TRIFOAM DETERGENT, & TRIFOAM WAX)
AIR Adjustments to air flow for the Foam Bath is made using the flow control valves located on the
pneumatic panel on the right side of the machine inside the access door on the end cover. The
Foam Bath solenoid valve (located on the pneumatic manifold) and its flow control valve control the
detergent used for Foam Bath. The TriFoam Detergent solenoid valve and its flow control valve are
located on a separate offboard pump assembly and control the air for the TriFoam Detergent
manifolds (three colors). The TriFoam Wax solenoid valve and its flow control valve are located on a
separate offboard pump assembly and control the air for the TriFoam Wax manifolds (three colors).
To increase the air to the foaming assemblies, turn the valve knob counterclockwise. To decrease
the air to the foaming assemblies, turn the valve knob clockwise. The addition of air to the foaming
assemblies will produce a creamier foam.
WATER Adjustments to water flow for the Foam Bath is made using the flow control valve located on the
basic offboard chemical pump assembly. The TriFoam Detergent water flow control valve located in
a separate offboard pump assembly controls the TriFoam Detergents dispersed from the TriFoam
manifolds on the machine. The TriFoam Wax water flow control valve located in a separate
offboard pump assembly controls the TriFoam Wax dispersed from the TriFoam manifolds on the
machine. Additional flow control valves used to fine tune the flow previous to each foaming
assembly are located near the front arms. On any of the flow controls, turn the valve knob
counterclockwise to increase, or clockwise to decrease, the water flow. The addition of water to the
foaming assemblies will increase the spray distance, but will decrease the foam.
Note: If foam is building up at the foaming manifolds and is not coming out as a stream, there is too much air
and/or not enough water.
Page 27
RYKO SoftGloss XS Service Manual
Work Order # 7485800
TRIFOAM DETERGENT OPTION MAINTENANCE Regular maintenance is important to the operation of the TriFoam Detergent option equipment.
The nozzles holes in the foamer manifolds are 5/64" diameter. In the event holes in the TriFoam
manifolds should become clogged, the foam will not dispense in a stream but create a large ball of foam
at the foamer manifold. If this occurs, the nozzle hole must be cleared. If one stream is dispensing at an
undesirable angle there may be a burr in the inner ID of the pipe. In this case it may be necessary to
bore out the hole with a 5/64" drill bit. Take care not to enlarge the hole as this could affect the
disbursement of the TriFoam Detergent and possibly the additive, air, and water adjustments.
FOAMBRITE LUBRICATION GUIDELINES FoamBrite brushes require adequate lubrication to provide the optimum wash. The following important
lubrication and detergent guidelines are specific to FoamBrite brushes.
1. Detergents purchased from suppliers other than RYKO should not be more than 85% volatile (or less
than 15% solids). This should be stated on the product MSDS. If not, this information can be
requested from the detergent supplier. Refer also to Concentrated Detergents below.
2. Detergent should be set at a feed rate that is equal to or higher than RYKO's High Foam Detergent
recommended settings (see Additive Setting Chart). Set at a higher setting for more viscous
detergents. Note: Only if detergent meets criteria in guidelines 1, 3, 4, & 5 should the feed rate be
lowered to a level below that of RYKO High Foam Detergent. When set at this new feed rate, these
criteria should still be met.
3. Most vehicles should wash without the FoamBrite brushes 'squeaking' if the detergent is adjusted
correctly. Squeaking caused by the friction of the FoamBrite brushes against a vehicle during a wash
cycle may indicate that lubrication is inadequate. To resolve this problem, either increase the
detergent feed rate or change detergents.
4. The detergent should rapidly dissolve in water with little or no agitation. After adding the detergent to
water the solution should be homogenous or uniform in consistency and appearance.
5. The detergent must not be a presoak which is typically used in touch-free machines. Detergent
labeled as 'dual purpose' for use in both friction and touchless machines should not be used.
Note: It is possible that detergents meeting all the above criteria still might not deliver adequate lubrication when
used on machines equipped with FoamBrite brushes.
CONCENTRATED DETERGENTS
Some manufacturers supply detergent in a concentrated form that must be diluted before use. To ensure
that the detergent is diluted properly for each batch and has solids of at least 15%, refer to the formula
below to determine how much water and concentrated detergent is needed.
Formula: Formula Key:
(0.15*G)/S = Vd G - Vd = Vw
G Total gallons of finished product desired
(water + concentrated detergent combined)
Note: Differences in specific gravity of detergent and water are
ignored in formula. This will account for no more than a 5% error.
S Total solids of concentrated detergent before
diluted (e.g., 45% is expressed as 0.45)
Vd Volume of detergent needed
Vw Volume of water needed
Page 28
RYKO SoftGloss XS Service Manual
Work Order # 7485800
In other words,
0.15 (Desired solids percentage)
(multiplied by) X G (Total gallons of finished product desired)
A
Then A (See above)
(divided by) S (Total solids of concentrated detergent before diluted)
Vd (Volume of detergent needed)
Then G (Total gallons of finished product desired)
(Minus) - Vd (Volume of detergent needed)
Vw (Volume of water needed)
Example: A concentrated detergent with a solids of 40% needs to be diluted to make 55 gallons total of finished
product. Therefore, G = 55 gallons and S = 0.40. Find Vd and Vw to make a 55 gallon batch of
finished product at 15% solids.
(0.15*55)/(0.40) = Vd or 20.6 gallons of concentrated detergent needed for a 55 gallon batch. 55
minus 20.6 = Vw or 34.4 gallons of water needed for a 55 gallon batch
ADDITIVE SYSTEM (NON-RYKO CHEMICAL & PULSAFEEDER PUMPS)
USING APPROPRIATE ADDITIVES
WITH THIS WASH EQUIPMENT
Alkaline or acid presoak type detergents that are normally used
with touch free wash systems are not appropriate for use with
RYKO friction wash equipment. These detergents are more suited
for use with high volume spray wash equipment and do not provide
adequate lubrication on friction wash brushes. On filament
machines and on FoamBrite machines these detergents can
increase the likelihood of damage to the vehicle.
Presoak detergents require sufficient water volume to rinse off
completely. Unlike RYKO's spray wash equipment, RYKO's
friction wash machines are not designed to rinse vehicles with the
volume of water that would be necessary to completely remove a
presoak type detergent. The residual presoak remaining on
surfaces or glass could damage the vehicle.
Presoak detergents do not foam as well as friction wash
detergents. Though foam does not indicate the detergent's ability
to clean, customers perceive that more foam equals better
cleaning.
RYKO has prepared and tested additives for effective and safe use
Page 29
RYKO SoftGloss XS Service Manual
Work Order # 7485800
with this equipment. Before using an additive supplied by others,
consult the Material Safety Data Sheet information pertaining to
the product and discuss the advisability with your local RYKO
service representative.
Page 30
RYKO SoftGloss XS Service Manual
Work Order # 7485800
The information below pertains to machines with the TriFoam Detergent Option, only.
When installed on the SoftGloss XS, the TriFoam Detergent option allows the simultaneous application of
colorful streams of foamy ultra-concentrated detergent over the surface of the vehicle preceding the wash
cycle. Pulsafeeder pumps feed additive to the TriFoam Detergent manifolds on each side of the machine
gantry. The manifolds deliver red and blue streams of detergent and the standard detergent foam bath
nozzles on each side provide streams of white or yellow. The effect is visually striking while providing a
high quality vehicle wash.
ADJUSTMENTS - AIR AND WATER (FOAM BATH AND TRIFOAM DETERGENT) AIR Adjustments to air flow for both the Foam Bath (yellow or white color only) and TriFoam
Detergent (red and blue colors only) are made using the respective flow control valves
located on the pneumatic panel on the right side of the machine inside the access door on
the end cover. The Foam Bath solenoid valve (located on the pneumatic manifold) and its
flow control valve control the Yellow (or White) detergent used for TriFoam Detergent and
also for the standard Foam Bath. The TriFoam Detergent solenoid valve (plumbed into the
top of the pneumatic manifold) and its flow control valve control the air for the blue and red
detergents of TriFoam Detergent. To increase the air to the foaming assemblies, turn the
valve knob counterclockwise. To decrease the air to the foaming assemblies, turn the valve
knob clockwise. The addition of air to the foaming assemblies will produce a creamier
foam.
WATER Adjustments to water flow for both the Foam Bath (yellow or white color only) and TriFoam
Detergent (red and blue colors only) are made using the respective flow control valves
located on the offboard chemical pump assembly above the chemical pumps. The Foam
Bath water flow control valve controls the Yellow (or White) detergent used for TriFoam
Detergent and also for the standard Foam Bath. The TriFoam Detergent water flow control
valve is the basic control for the blue and red TriFoam detergents. There are also flow
control valves used to fine tune the flow previous to each foaming assembly located by the
front arms. On any of the flow controls, turn the valve knob counterclockwise to increase, or
clockwise to decrease, the water flow. The addition of water to the foaming assemblies will
increase the spray distance, but will decrease the foam.
Note: If foam is building up at the foaming manifolds and is not coming out as a stream, there is too much air
and/or not enough water.
ADDITIVE INFORMATION The information that follows gives the recommended dial settings on the additive pumps to allow the
proper volume of additive for each wash operation. These settings are provided as a starting point and
guide. Fine tuning may be necessary to meet location requirements. Note: For additive pump priming
procedures refer to Pulsafeeder Additive Pumps in this manual.
Additive Setting Chart
(For Model 99069030 using Formula Finish Additives only)
Additives Stroke Rate
(Frequency)
Stroke Length
Detergent 90% 40%
TriFoam Detergent 90% 40%
Wax 100% 90%
Page 31
RYKO SoftGloss XS Service Manual
Work Order # 7485800
RYKO ADDITIVES
RYKO Additive Setting Chart
(using RYKO Additives only)
Additives Stroke Rate
(Frequency)
Stroke
Length
Detergent (High Foam or Mountain Pine) 90% 70%
Detergent (Yellow Concentrate) 90% 40%
TriFoam Detergent 90% 40%
Wax 100% 100%
The additive solutions used in the machine are very important. RYKO cleaning aids have been specially
formulated for use with RYKO equipment and are recommended for best operation. RYKO Cleaning
Aids are available in 5, 15, and 55 gallon containers. Mixing RYKO Cleaning Aids is not required.
Simply connect the detergent lines and prime the lines initially. Also available when using RYKO
additives is a Keep Full Service additive supply system. This system allows easy monitoring and
replenishment of additive supply. Discuss this system with your RYKO service representative.
RYKO Mountain Pine
Foaming Detergent
Aids water in softening and loosening road film, grime, and dirt that have accumulated on
the vehicle. It also helps remove foreign particles to provide a better cleaning job. This
pine scented detergent also acts as a lubricant between the brushes and the vehicle
surface to protect paint finishes. Proper detergent concentration also increases brush
life and reduces bristle tangling. If Cold or Hot Wax options are not used, application of
Rinse-Off is necessary to sheet the water that minimizes spotting when the vehicle will
not be blown dry. RYKO Mountain Pine Foaming Detergent is quick cleaning non-
streaking, biodegradable, fast rinsing, and highly lubricative. Detergent costs per vehicle
are minimal. For non-scented detergent, order RYKO High Foam detergent.
RYKO Citrus Shine
Wax
Necessary during the wax cycle to bead the water so it is easily blown from the vehicle
surface by the dryer fans, providing optimum drying results. This RYKO Citrus Shine
Wax is citrus scented and on its application to the vehicle's surface provides a lemon
aroma that lingers on the vehicle's surface for a short period of time after application. For
non-scented wax order RYKO Wax Luster.
RYKO Clear Coat Polymer (silicone) base type product that offers longer lasting qualities than hot wax,
without the required heating. In many installations, this additive option is sold as an
option and applied after a wax application.
TriFoam Detergents RYKO offers ultra-concentrated high foam detergent in multiple colors for use with the
TriFoam Detergent option. See the TriFoam Detergent Ordering information below.
Page 32
RYKO SoftGloss XS Service Manual
Work Order # 7485800
TriFoam Detergent Ordering Information
Detergent RYKO Part No. Detergent RYKO Part No.
5 Gallons Blue Foaming 14470-006 Yellow Foaming 14470-009
15 Gallons Blue Foaming 14470-007 Yellow Foaming 14470-010
55 Gallons Blue Foaming 14470-008 Yellow Foaming 14470-011
Detergent RYKO Part No. Detergent RYKO Part No.
5 Gallons Red Foaming 14470-012 High Foaming 10413-000
15 Gallons Red Foaming 14470-013 High Foaming 17992-001
55 Gallons Red Foaming 14470-014 High Foaming 14470-000
Note: Verify part numbers with a RYKO service representative or RYKO Parts Department representative when
ordering.
FOAMBRITE LUBRICATION GUIDELINES
FoamBrite brushes require adequate lubrication to provide the optimum wash. The following important
lubrication and detergent guidelines are specific to FoamBrite brushes.
1. Detergents purchased from suppliers other than RYKO should not be more than 85% volatile (or less
than 15% solids). This should be stated on the product MSDS. If not, this information can be
requested from the detergent supplier. Refer also to Concentrated Detergents below.
2. Detergent should be set at a feed rate that is equal to or higher than RYKO's High Foam Detergent
recommended settings (see RYKO Additive Setting Chart). Set at a higher setting for more
viscous detergents. Note: Only if detergent meets criteria in guidelines 1, 3, 4, & 5 should the feed
rate be lowered to a level below that of RYKO High Foam Detergent. When set at this new feed rate,
these criteria should still be met.
3. Most vehicles should wash without the FoamBrite brushes 'squeaking' if the detergent is adjusted
correctly. Squeaking caused by the friction of the FoamBrite brushes against a vehicle during a wash
cycle may indicate that lubrication is inadequate. To resolve this problem, either increase the
detergent feed rate or change detergents.
4. The detergent should rapidly dissolve in water with little or no agitation. After adding the detergent to
water the solution should be homogenous or uniform in consistency and appearance.
5. The detergent must not be a presoak which is typically used in touch-free machines. Detergent
labeled as 'dual purpose' for use in both friction and touchless machines should not be used.
Note: It is possible that detergents meeting all the above criteria still might not deliver adequate lubrication when
used on machines equipped with FoamBrite brushes.
Page 33
RYKO SoftGloss XS Service Manual
Work Order # 7485800
CONCENTRATED DETERGENTS
Some manufacturers supply detergent in a concentrated form that must be diluted before use. To ensure
that the detergent is diluted properly for each batch and has solids of at least 15%, refer to the formula
below to determine how much water and concentrated detergent is needed.
Formula: Formula Key:
(0.15*G)/S = Vd G - Vd = Vw
G Total gallons of finished product desired
(water + concentrated detergent combined)
Note: Differences in specific gravity of detergent and water are
ignored in formula. This will account for no more than a 5% error.
S Total solids of concentrated detergent before
diluted (e.g., 45% is expressed as 0.45)
Vd Volume of detergent needed
Vw Volume of water needed
In other words,
0.15 (Desired solids percentage)
(multiplied by) X G (Total gallons of finished product desired)
A
Then A (See above)
(divided by) S (Total solids of concentrated detergent before diluted)
Vd (Volume of detergent needed)
Then G (Total gallons of finished product desired)
(Minus) - Vd (Volume of detergent needed)
Vw (Volume of water needed)
Example: A concentrated detergent with a solids of 40% needs to be diluted to make 55 gallons total of finished
product. Therefore, G = 55 gallons and S = 0.40. Find Vd and Vw to make a 55 gallon batch of
finished product at 15% solids.
(0.15*55)/(0.40) = Vd or 20.6 gallons of concentrated detergent needed for a 55 gallon batch. 55
minus 20.6 = Vw or 34.4 gallons of water needed for a 55 gallon batch
ADDITIVE SYSTEM OPERATION The detergent, wax/rinse-off system is designed to automatically dispense additives mixed with water over
the surface of the vehicle being washed. This is accomplished when the called out additive is released
into the water line and then disbursed on the vehicle's surface from nozzles that are located on the water
manifold.
All detergents used for washing the vehicle are pumped from their supply containers by a Pulsafeeder
additive pump to manifolds on the machine in amounts calculated to perform a quality wash.
Back flow to the detergent supply container is prevented by a check valve that is installed in the line. The
amount of detergent injected in the line is controlled by the length and frequency of the detergent pump's
strokes. Both the stroke length and frequency rate are adjusted to allow the required flow rate. (For
additional details refer to Pulsafeeder Additive Pumps in this manual.
If featured, the Foam Bath option is capable of dispersing a foamy shampoo over the vehicle previous to
the start of the wash cycle. This occurs when detergent is dispensed to the foam bath mixing assembly,
rather than into the water line.
Page 34
RYKO SoftGloss XS Service Manual
Work Order # 7485800
This foam bath foaming assembly is located on each side of the frame underneath the access panel
doors. It operates by mixing air (coming from the foamer solenoid in the pneumatic panel and activated
by the PLC), with detergent and water in the Foam Bath foamer assembly. The air and detergent are
forced through a fine mesh to create a foam. Adjustment is possible with the flow valve in the air line
(located on the pneumatic panel on the machine's right side) and the flow valve in the water line (located
in the Remote Chemical Pump Assembly above the chemical pumps).
The Foam Bath System gets its pressure from the air manifold and is controlled by the foam bath
regulator. This assures identical additive usage from cycle to cycle.
Clogging of the additive system is prevented by a screen filter in the main additive line.
Wax is needed ONLY if a Dry cycle is used. If wax is applied and not blown off, spotting could occur. If a
dry is performed without wax application, water will not bead up and the water may not be sufficiently
removed. Unless hot wax is present, the wax is pumped directly into the water system located on the
gantry of the machine. There is a check valve at this location to prevent back flow of the wax. Should hot
wax be present, wax is pumped to the wax routing solenoid where it is distributed to the hot or cold wax
system.
FOAM BATH TEST, TRIFOAM DETERGENT TEST, AND HOT WAX TEST Located in the Communications Interface Box is a TEST button. This button when pressed, enables
activation of the Foam Bath and TriFoam Detergent (if present) system to allow adjustment of water, air
and detergent or the hot wax system to test the Hot Wax heater. Other test functions that can be
performed via this TEST button include; the Pre-Wash Oscillate Test, Fan Nozzle Oscillate Test, and
UnderCar Wash Manifolds Oscillate Test.
For operation procedures of the TEST buttons refer to Communications Interface Box information in
this manual.
Page 35
RYKO SoftGloss XS Service Manual
Work Order # 7485800
TRIFOAM DETERGENT OPTION MAINTENANCE Regular maintenance is important to the operation of the TriFoam Detergent option equipment.
The nozzles holes in the foamer manifolds are 5/64" diameter. In the event holes in the TriFoam red and
blue foamer manifolds should become clogged, the foam will not dispense in a stream but create a large
ball of foam at the foamer manifold. If this occurs, the nozzle hole must be cleared. If one stream is
dispensing at an undesirable angle there may be a burr in the inner ID of the pipe. In this case it may be
necessary to bore out the hole with a 5/64" drill bit. Take care not to enlarge the hole as this could affect
the disbursement of the TriFoam Detergent and possibly the additive, air, and water adjustments.
PULSAFEEDER ADDITIVE PUMPS
The Pulsafeeder pumps deliver the additives from their supply containers to the manifolds and nozzles
which dispense additives during the SoftGloss XS operation.
PULSAFEEDER PUMP REQUIREMENTS AND SPECIFICATIONS The Pulsafeeder pump requires the following electrical and air service for proper operation.
ELECTRIC INJECTION PRESSURE OUTPUT
115V AC, 60 HZ, 1 Phase or
115V AC, 50HZ, 1 Phase
.4 Amps
Maximum: 100 PSI (7 bars) 22 GPD
3.47 LPH (83.28 LPD)
57.8 ml/min.
WARNING! DO NOT USE THIS PUMP TO DISPENSE FLAMMABLE LIQUIDS.
PULSAFEEDER PUMP OPERATION AND CONTROLS
PULSAFEEDER PUMP OPERATION
The Pulsafeeder pumps dispense the additives by an electromagnetic drive mechanism (solenoid) that is
connected to a diaphragm. When an 'ON' signal pulse is input (received) from the PLC of the machine,
the pump operates one stroke and the fluid is discharged. These input signals are from relay contacts
inside the pump control box. After receiving the input signal the pump generates the power necessary to
actuate the solenoid. The external signal input is debounced by the pump circuit.
Note: The pump may be operated continuously at a rate of 125 strokes per minute by repeated 'ON' and
'OFF' input signals.
PULSAFEEDER CONTROLS
The pumps are marked with universally accepted
symbols. The following illustrations are provided for
your convenience.
Page 36
RYKO SoftGloss XS Service Manual
Work Order # 7485800
CONTROLLING PROCEDURE
For optimum pump performance it is necessary to determine the settings for pump stroke length and
frequency according to the pump and the characteristics of the fluid to be pumped. Follow the procedure
below to ensure proper settings. Note: The closer to 100% the stroke length is set, the better the pump
will perform.
1. Set the stroke length to 100%. Then, as a starting point, adjust the stroke frequency rate.
2. Measure the flow.
3. If the measured flow is less than required, increase the stroke frequency and remeasure.
4. When the measured flow is acceptable, readjust the stroke length for fine capacity control.
5. Measure the capacity once more to verify that the required flow is delivered.
EXAMPLE (This information only applies if pumping into 100 PSIG of back pressure)
Important: With the Stroke Length and the Stroke Rate both set to 100% (maximum) this pump provides a
Maximum Output Capacity of 22 GPD (Gallons Per Day) or 57.8 ml/min (Rated Pressure).
Step 1: Determine a Desired Flow Rate (Using a Desired Flow of 9 GPD or 23.6 ml/min in this example)
Step 2: Determine an Output Capacity
0.50 (Set the Stroke Rate to 50 %)
x 22 GPD or 57.8 ml/min. (Pump's Maximum Output Capacity)
11 GPD or 28.9 ml/min* (Output Capacity)
Step 3: Determine Stroke Length Setting
Desired Flow Example: 9 GPD or 23.6 ml/min
divided by Output Capacity 11 GPD or 28.9 ml/min
x 100 x 100
Stroke LengthSetting 80% (approximate)
Analysis: To obtain the desired flow, set the stroke length at 80% and stroke rate at 50% ( 0.80 (Stroke Length
Setting) x 0.50 (Stroke Rate Setting) x 22 (Maximum Pump Capacity) = approximately 9 GPD or 23.6 ml/min.
(Desired Flow Rate)
PULSAFEEDER PUMP PRIMING The Pulsafeeder pumps may be primed using a hand pump or using the self priming process described
below.
CAUTION: WEAR PROTECTIVE GEAR (I.E. CLOTHING, GLOVES, GLASSES, ETC.)
WHEN WORKING ON OR WITH THE PULSAFEEDER PUMPS.
1. Turn on power to the pump.
2. Set the stroke rate knob to 100%.
3. Set the stroke length knob to 100%.
4. Using a bleed valve, bypass the discharge line temporarily during the pump priming (until the head
has been filled with fluid). Note: All air must be purged from the pump head before the pump will
pump against pressure.
Air Bleed:
a) Turn the bleed valve adjustment screw counterclockwise while the pump is running.
b) With the valve open, run until fluid flows from the bypass tubing in a steady stream (without air
bubbles).
c) Turn the bleed valve adjustment screw clockwise to close.
Page 37
RYKO SoftGloss XS Service Manual
Work Order # 7485800
5. After a few minutes, additive should reach the pump head. If not, remove the discharge fitting and
moisten the ball and check valve seats with a few drops of the additive.
6. If the pump still fails to prime, refer to Pulsafeeder Pump Troubleshooting.
7. When the pump has primed and is pumping additive through the head, turn off the power.
Reconnect the discharge line (if removed). If any additive has spilled on the pump housing or head,
clean immediately.
8. Turn on power again and adjust the pump flow rate as desired for operation.
9. Always check pump calibration after start-up. Calibrate during normal operation conditions for
best results.
PULSAFEEDER PUMP FLOW ADJUSTMENT Additive flow can be adjusted using the Capacity Control Knobs on the Pulsafeeder pumps. Refer to the
information below.
CAPACITY CONTROL KNOBS
The Stroke Frequency Knob allows settings ranging between 10% (12 spm)
and 100% (125 spm). Note: The Stroke Frequency knob may be set during
pump operation.
Capacity: 12 to 125 spm (strokes per min.)
Recommended Setting: Refer to the appropriate Additive Setting Chart for the
additive used with the machine.
The Stroke Length may be controlled to between 10% and 100% diaphragm
displacement for normal use. Important: Do Not turn this knob while the
pump is stopped.
Capacity: 0% to 100% diaphragm displacement.
Recommended Setting: Refer to the appropriate Additive Setting Chart for the
additive used with the machine. Note: The closer the stroke length is to 100%
the better the pump will perform. Do Not use a stroke length below 20%.
Page 38
RYKO SoftGloss XS Service Manual
Work Order # 7485800
PULSAFEEDER PUMP MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR
CAUTION: BEFORE PERFORMING MAINTENANCE OR REPAIRS TO THE PULSAFEEDER PUMPS:
1. DISCONNECT ALL ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS.
2. SHUT OFF ALL PRESSURE VALVES.
3. BLEED OFF PRESSURE IN THE PUMP AND LINES.
ALWAYS WEAR PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, GLOVES, AND SAFETY GLASSES WHEN
MAINTAINING OR REPAIRING THE PULSAFEEDER CHEMICAL METERING PUMPS.
IMPORTANT: DO NOT MODIFY THE PULSAFEEDER PUMP OR ITS OPERATION IN ANY WAY OTHER THAN
INSTRUCTED FOR ADJUSTMENTS. THIS COULD POSE A POTENTIALLY DANGEROUS SITUATION AND
WILL VOID THE WARRANTY.
IMPORTANT: FINGER TIGHTEN PLASTIC CONNECTIONS. DO NOT USE A WRENCH.
IMPORTANT: INSPECT POLYTUBING REGULARLY FOR CRACKS OR WEAR. REPLACE AS NECESSARY.
PULSAFEEDER PUMP MAINTENANCE
1. Routinely check the pump for abnormal noise, excessive vibration, low flow and pressure output or
high temperatures (when running constantly at maximum stroke rate, the pump housing temperature
can be up to 160o F (70o C).
2. For optimum performance, the cartridge valves should be inspected every 4 to 6 months. Clean or
replace as necessary.
3. Check for leaks around fittings and for wear on tubing. If necessary, tighten fittings or replace
components.
4. Clear any dirt or debris from on or around the pump which could provide undesired insulation and
cause excessive pump temperatures.
5. Clean the pump head and valve assemblies by pumping fresh water for approximately 30 minutes if
the pump has been out of service for a month or longer. If, after this, the pump does not operate
correctly, the cartridge valve assemblies should be replaced.
Page 39
RYKO SoftGloss XS Service Manual
Work Order # 7485800
PULSAFEEDER PUMP DIAPHRAGM
PUMP DIAPHRAGM REPLACEMENT PROCEDURE
IMPORTANT
It is usually best to replace the valve cartridges and any other worn parts at the same time.
If the shims from the old diaphragm are in good condition, save them for use with the new diaphragm.
1. Set the pump stroke length to 0% and unplug the
pump.
2. If you saved shims from the original diaphragm or
know the quantity of shims used originally, you
may ignore step 3 for shimming the diaphragm
and continue to step 4. If you did not retain the
original shims or are uncertain of the number of
shims originally used, continue to step 3.
3. Slide the diaphragm deflection plate onto the back
of the diaphragm stud with the radius side toward
the diaphragm. Slide two shims onto the
diaphragm threaded stud. Screw the diaphragm
into the EPM unit (Refer to the illustration at right).
Turn the diaphragm clockwise until the deflection
plate and shims are tight against the solenoid
shaft and the diaphragm stops turning. If a gap
exists between the adapter and the diaphragm,
repeat this procedure, removing one shim each
time until the diaphragm either just touches the
adapter or is slightly recessed.
4. Grease wherever the diaphragm makes contact with the deflection plate or the radius on the adapter.
5. Screw the diaphragm into the EPM unit's shaft with the deflection plate and the appropriate number
of shims in between.
6. Turn the pump on temporarily. Adjust the stroke length to 50%. Place the pump head into the
adapter (valve flow arrows pointing up). Install and tighten the pump head screws until the pump
head is pulled up against the adapter.
7. Adjust the stroke length back to 100% (for easier priming). Prime the pump (See Pulsafeeder
Pump Priming) and resume pump operation.
Page 40
RYKO SoftGloss XS Service Manual
Work Order # 7485800
PUMP HEAD ASSEMBLY
Item Description Qty.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
Pump Head
Diaphragm
Deflection Plate
Adapter
Diaphragm Shims
O-Ring
Pump Head Screws & Washers
Suction Valve Cartridge Assy
Discharge Valve Cartridge Assy
Bleed Valve Assembly
O-Ring
Coupling Nut
O-Ring
1
1
1
1
0-2*
1
4/4
1
1
1
2
2
1
* Quantity varies. Shim as required.
PUMP DIAPHRAGM REPLACEMENT PARTS
The following replacement parts are available from RYKO for the 57.8 ML / MIN, 115 V Pump Diaphragm
(RYKO Part No. 14458-041)
RYKO Part No. Description
14458-864 Pump Head
14458-865 Pump Diaphragm
14458-866 Pump Deflector Plate
14458-867 Pump Adapter
14458-868 Pump Diaphragm Shims
14458-869 Pump O-Ring/Secondary Seal
14458-870 Pump Head Screws & Washers
14458-871 Pump Suction Valve Cartridge
14458-872 Pump Discharge Valve Cartridge
14458-873 Pump Bleed Valve Assembly
14458-874 Pump O-Ring/Suction & Discharge Valve
14458-875 Pump Coupling Nut
14458-876 Pump O-Ring/Bleed Valve
Page 41
RYKO SoftGloss XS Service Manual
Work Order # 7485800
PULSAFEEDER PUMP VALVE REPLACEMENT
According to recommended maintenance requirements (see Pulsafeeder Pump Maintenance), it is
necessary to change the valve cartridges regularly for optimum performance. Follow the procedure
below. 1. Flush the pump with water to remove any additive from the pump head.
2. Release system pressure and disconnect any tubing.
3. Unscrew the valve cartridges and remove. Discard. Remove and discard the old O-rings inside the pump head.
4. Install new O-rings inside the pump head. Install the new valve cartridges with the stamped letters reading from
top to bottom and the arrow pointing in the direction of the flow. Important: Hand tighten connections. Do not
use pliers or wrenches.
5. Reconnect tubing and reinstall the pump. Check for leaks around new fittings.
PULSAFEEDER PUMP TROUBLESHOOTING In the event the Pulsafeeder pump is not operating properly and the cause is not readily apparent, refer
to the Pulsafeeder Pump Troubleshooting Chart.
PULSAFEEDER PUMP TROUBLESHOOTING CHART
Problem Possible Causes Solution
Chemical Flow Loss Pump setting is too low.
Adjust to a higher setting (Note: The pump must be
operating during stroke length adjustment).
Scale buildup at injection point.
Clean the injection parts using 8% muriatic acid or
vinegar.
Additive supply is empty. Replenish supply and reprime the pump.
Chemical Flow Too Heavy Pump setting is too high. Adjust to a lower setting. (Note: The pump must be
operating during stroke length adjustment).
Additive solution is too rich. Dilute the additive solution. Note: For chemical that
reacts with water, it may be necessary to purchase a
more dilute grade of chemical. Contact the chemical
supplier.
Chemical is siphoning into the well or
main line.
If suction or vacuum exists when testing at the injection
point, install an anti-siphon valve.
Leak At Tubing Connections Worn tube ends Cut off approximately 1" of tubing and reconnect.
Wear due to additive composition. Consult with the additive supplier or RYKO for an
additive alternative.
Pump Failure Leak in suction side of pump. Check tubing for worn ends. If worn, disconnect
tubing, cut off approximately 1" of the tubing and
reconnect.
Valve seats not sealing. Clean valve seats. Replace seats if worn. Note: If
deterioration is noted, replace with seats of an
alternate material.
Pump set too low. The dial should be set above 20% for reliable
operation.
Low additive level. Additive supply must be above the foot valve for
adequate flow.
Diaphragm has ruptured. Replace the diaphragm (Pulsafeeder Pump
Diaphragm Removal and Replacement). Note:
Diaphragm rupture and leaks around the pump head
may be due to chemical incompatibility with diaphragm
material. Contact additive supplier.
Pump head is cracked or broken. Replace the pump head. To avoid cracking the new
pump head, hand tighten fittings. Note: Cracking and
leaking may be due to chemical incompatibility.
Contact additive supplier.
Air or chlorine gas in pump head. Bleed pump head per 'Air Bleed' instructions. See
Pulsafeeder Pump Priming.
Electrical wiring disconnected or
power interrupted.
Check wiring connections and reconnect if necessary.
Check fuse or circuit breaker.
Electronic control board failure. Contact supplier.
Page 42
RYKO SoftGloss XS Service Manual
Work Order # 7485800
PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER OPERATION
Located in the machine's electrical control panel, the Programmable Logic Controller (PLC) consists of
one computer base unit and I/O expansion blocks. The number of expansion blocks installed depends
on the options that are installed on or with the machine. Additional products, such as expansion units
and / or special adapters may be added in the interest of product improvement, or due to special design
requirements, only.
The base unit of the PLC is the main control center. It houses the programmed memory module which
determines the sequence of wash operations by monitoring external signals from sources such as push
buttons, sensors, and switches. On monitoring these signals (Inputs), the base unit transmits signals to
the output sections which perform the required external operational functions. External functions are
mechanical operations of the machine such as relays, motor contactors, valves, or indicator lights. The
I/O Expansion Blocks add more channels and the capability of receiving more input signals. They also
will transmit more signals.
Located on the front cover of the CPU are four (4) Status Indicator lights (LED's). When lit, each LED
indicates specific information pertaining to the operation of the unit. Note also that a POWER LED also
exists on each Expansion Block. Items as they pertain to these Indicator lights, include:
POWER (POWER INDICATOR LIGHT):
When this LED is lit, it shows that power is being supplied to the unit.
RUN:
When this LED is lit, it indicates that the machine is in the operating RUN mode necessary for the
PLC to run the program.
BATT. V: (BATTERY VOLTAGE INDICATOR LIGHT):
This LED will light if the battery voltage drops.
PROG-E/CPU-E (ERROR INDICATOR LIGHT):
This LED serves as an ERROR Indication light in one of two ways.
1. This LED may flash if a PROGRAM error has occurred; or battery voltage is abnormally low.
2. This LED may light continuously, if a CPU error occurs.
Other LED's on the Basic Unit and the Expansion Blocks significant to operation monitor the inputs and
indicate the outputs of the program. Each LED is identified by a number directly beside it. LED's on the
basic unit of the machine are in two separate areas with I/O numbers 0 through 77.
During a wash cycle these LED's monitor the inputs and indicate the outputs of the program. This
monitoring process determines the sequence of operation for the machine. This sequence is determined
by the program in the Central Processing Unit.
Expansion Blocks allow the addition of inputs and outputs. The first Expansion Block used in the setup
of the PLC system is attached directly to the end of the base unit via a connection cable. Additional
Expansion Blocks required thereafter are attached to one another, also via a connection cable.
Expansion Blocks also have LED's which monitor input and output activities. Unlike the base unit which
monitors both inputs and outputs, Expansion Blocks will normally monitor either inputs or outputs
exclusively.
Page 43
RYKO SoftGloss XS Service Manual
Work Order # 7485800
PLC usage with the machine also provides basic diagnostics. Basic diagnostics allows site personnel to
monitor things on the machine that do not require additional hardware for the machine to operate. This
also includes internal Diagnostic History that can be accessed with the HPP (Handheld Programming
Panel) by a service technician. The internal history will contain the 20 most recent events that have
occurred during the machine's operation. This information includes:
1. The "sequence" in the wash cycle that an "event" occurred in. An example of an event might be
the tripping of a brush circuit protector which needs to be reset.
2. What the "event" actually was that occurred.
3. The wash count in progress when the event occurred.
4. If expanded diagnostic option has been ordered, the date and time the event occurred.
Monitoring the "event" in question is possible via a 2 digit display box that is located in the bay. In the
occurrence of an "event", a 2 digit code will appear on the display. An additional display is available for
placement in the kiosk (office).
The Electrical Schematic drawing for the machine given in this manual shows the external devices
generating inputs to the CPU or Expansion Unit. It also shows which external devices are controlled by
the output channels.
Should a problem occur with the machine, refer to the Electrical Schematic drawing to perform simple
troubleshooting techniques.
COMMUNICATIONS INTERFACE BOX AND 2 DIGIT CODE DISPLAY
The Communications Interface Box houses the 2 Digit (LED) Code Display. This display enables the
owner/operator and service personnel to visually obtain a 2 digit code which reflects a specific wash
function as it occurs. Refer to the 2 Digit Diagnostic Code Information provided in the Drawings
section of the Owner's Manual.
Besides the 2 Digit Code Display, the Communications Interface Box also houses the Manual Drive
switch (see Moving the Machine Manually, the Emergency Stop Station switch (see Terms and
Definitions), and the Operation Mode switch (see Startup and Shut-down Information).
AIR PRESSURE
Air is pumped from an air compressor or other source through the air line and into a flexible “umbilical”
hose. The air umbilical enters the machine at the same place on the machine as the water and electrical
umbilicals. From here the air flows into a moisture trap near the air manifold and then through the air
regulator and into the air manifold. This is a complete unit located in a compartment on the right side of
the machine.
The pneumatic manifold consists of standard (with machine) and optional electrically operated solenoids
air pressure regulators with gauges. The gauges give the pressure readings of their respective regulators
as well as the pressure which passes through the solenoids. For recommended regulator settings refer
to the Pneumatic/Hydraulic Schematic drawing/s given in this manual.
IMPORTANT: PRESSURE SETTINGS GIVEN IN THIS MANUAL ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE.
Page 44
RYKO SoftGloss XS Service Manual
Work Order # 7485800
SOLENOIDS INFORMATION Refer to the Pneumatic Panel Assembly drawing in this manual for the locations of the solenoids, and to
the Pneumatic & Hydraulic Schematic.
Note: Remember that installation of additional solenoids will depend on the options installed on the machine.
AIR REGULATORS AND AIR USE Refer to the Pneumatic & Hydraulic Schematic drawing in this manual for the recommended regulator
pressure settings. Refer to the Pneumatic Panel Assembly drawing for the location of each regulator.
IMPORTANT: WHEN ADJUSTING REGULATORS, USE THE MINIMUM AIR PRESSURE NEEDED TO ACHIEVE
THE DESIRED BRUSH CONTACT. DO NOT EXCEED THE MAXIMUM SETTING.
REAR RETURN (REGULATOR 4) AND FRONT RETURN (REGULATOR 5) AIR REGULATORS
Return Air passes through the Rear Return air solenoid and/or the Front Return air solenoid into the
respective brush arm cylinder and retracts it. Rear Return air and/or Front Return air is used to retract
the side brushes.
REAR TRAIL IN (REGULATOR 6) REGULATOR
IMPORTANT: AIR PRESSURE SET TOO HIGH MAY CAUSE THE ARMS TO BOUNCE.
Depending on the direction the machine is moving, trailing air passes through the Rear Trail In solenoid.
Rear Trail In air extends the respective cylinders which pushes the right and left trailing brushes against
the vehicle being washed.
REAR AIR (REGULATOR 7) AND FRONT AIR (REGULATOR 9) REGULATORS
Depending on the direction the machine is moving, air passes through the Rear arms solenoid or the
Front arms solenoid. Air extends the cylinders on the front or rear brushes, which pushes both leading
front or rear arms toward the vehicle as it is being washed.
Note: Depending on whether filament brushes or cloth pads are installed, pressure settings for the Rear Air -
Regulator 7 will differ.
FRONT HIGH AIR (REGULATOR 8) REGULATOR
Extra High Air is used during the wash at the front of the vehicle to clean the front part (grill, head lights,
bumper, etc.) of the vehicle.
TOP BRUSH (REGULATOR 10) REGULATOR
CAUTION! DO NOT EXCEED 120 PSI AIR PRESSURE.
IMPORTANT: FOR PROPER OPERATION, THE TOP BRUSH AIR PRESSURE REGULATOR SHOULD
NORMALLY BE SET AT 110 PSI (RANGE IS 100 TO 120 PSI). THE TOP BRUSH SHOULD GENTLY RISE TO
ITS MAXIMUM “UP” POSITION. TO PREVENT THE TOP BRUSH FROM RISING TOO RAPIDLY AND
BOUNCING AGAINST THE TOP BUMPER, ADJUST THE NEEDLE VALVE ON THE OUTLET OF THE TOP
BRUSH CYLINDER. PERFORM THIS TEST WITH WET BRUSHES.
Page 45
RYKO SoftGloss XS Service Manual
Work Order # 7485800
Top Brush air passes through the Top Brush solenoid and a Flow Control Valve (see Flow Control Valve
description that follows). Top Brush air pushes the Top brush up.
FOAM BATH (REGULATOR 1 - OPTIONAL) REGULATOR
The Foam Bath regulator provides air to the foam bath solenoid and the Flow Control Valve to enable air
to the foam bath manifold.
IMPORTANT: PRESSURE SETTING HIGHER THAN 60 PSI SHOULD BE AVOIDED.
WHEEL SCRUB RIGHT (REGULATOR 2 - OPTIONAL) REGULATOR AND
WHEEL SCRUB LEFT (REGULATOR 3 - OPTIONAL) REGULATOR
Air passes through the energized appropriate Wheel Scrub Right Extend solenoid and the Wheel Scrub
Left solenoid to the respective wheel scrub cylinder. The cylinders extend to extend the Wheel Scrub
Brushes.
IMPORTANT: PRESSURE SETTING HIGHER THAN 50 PSI SHOULD BE AVOIDED.
ASSOCIATED AIR REGULATOR EQUIPMENT
TOP BRUSH FLOW CONTROL VALVE
The speed with which the top brush drops can be controlled by adjusting a flow control valve in the air
line from the top brush cylinder. This valve is located in the pneumatic panel on the top brush air
solenoid.
Turning the knob clockwise restricts air flow and slows the top brush descent. Rotating the knob
counterclockwise allows the brush to drop more rapidly. The flow control valve does not affect the speed
with which the top brush rises.
AIR LINE FILTER
All air to the machine passes through a filter before entering the air manifold. This filter is located in the
pneumatic compartment area on the right side of the machine. Its function is to trap moisture and foreign
particles before they reach the air manifold. The filter is easily accessible and has an automatic drain
valve on the bottom side of the bowl for self draining.
AIR MANIFOLD DRAIN VALVE
Occasionally check the filter with the automatic drain to be certain it is draining moisture.
AIR CYLINDERS
There are five identical air cylinders, one for each side arm and one for the top brush arm. To move the
side arms, air from one “Air-In” solenoid flows into the front of the air cylinder pushing the rod in and the
side arm in. When air from the “Return Air” solenoid is applied to the rear of the cylinder the rod is
pushed out of the cylinder and the side arm is pulled out. Air for the top brush is forced into the lower
end of the cylinder from the top brush solenoid to move the top brush arm, pushing the rod out and
forcing the top brush arm down. When this pressure is released by the solenoid, the top brush
counterweight raises the top brush arm. The rate at which the top brush arm descends is controlled by
the adjustable Flow Control Valve.
If the Wheel Scrub option is installed there will be 4 additional cylinders. These cylinders allow extension
and retraction of the Wheel Scrubber.
If the Dryer option is installed there will be 2 additional cylinders. These cylinders allow oscillation of the
Dry fans.
Page 46
RYKO SoftGloss XS Service Manual
Work Order # 7485800
Page 47
RYKO SoftGloss XS Service Manual
Work Order # 7485800
MOVING THE MACHINE MANUALLY
The machine may be manually moved to any location on the tracks. The manual drive key switch is
located on the Communications Interface Box, which also houses the Operation Mode switch, the
Emergency Stop Station switch and the 2 Digit LED Display.
To move the machine, insert the key in the Manual Drive switch. When the key is turned forward,
(clockwise) the machine will drive toward the bay exit. When the key is turned toward the rear
(counterclockwise), the machine will drive toward the bay entrance. Brushes do not spin during a manual
drive.
The two manual drive keys sent with each machine are attached to the drive key switch wires inside the
door. To prevent unauthorized or accidental movement of the machine, these keys should never be left
in the machine. Only authorized personnel should have access to the manual drive keys.
CAUTION! THE MANUAL DRIVE SWITCH SHOULD BE USED ONLY WHEN THE
MACHINE IS IN ITS "AT REST" POSITION (ALL MOTORS ARE TURNED OFF).
If this switch is used during a wash, the PLC will automatically reset to the "At Rest" condition. The
machine cannot be armed while the manual drive switch is ON. If the machine is armed, but the vehicle
is not on the bay switch, the machine will reset to an unarmed "At Rest" condition.
VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE UNIT INFORMATION
As stated in Terms and Definitions the Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) unit(s) controls operation of the
drive motors and the wiper motor. In addition, the motor control circuitry for each drive motor and the
wiper motor is connected in parallel to the output of the appropriate VFD. If an error in the control of all
three motors (1 wiper, 2 drive) occurs, the problem lies with the VFD or its input control circuitry. If only
one or two motors are effected, the problem lies with the motor circuit protector or wiring.
In order for the motors to operate properly, three signals are required from the CPU. These signals
consist of the Direction Signal, the Speed Signal, and the Contactor On Signal.
DIRECTION SIGNAL These signals from the CPU are received by the VFD. They are connected to the VFD at terminals 5 and
6. These direction signals correspond to the manual drive switch and will move the machine in a forward
or reverse direction.
Note: All inputs use terminals 3 and 7 on the VFD as input common. These two terminals are connected together
internally.
SPEED SIGNAL There are three (3) Speed Signals supplied to the VFD from the CPU. These signals are:
a) SW1 - It is connected to terminal 1 on the VFD.
b) SW2 - It is connected to terminal 2 on the VFD.
c) SW3 - It is connected to terminal 4 on the VFD.
Depending on setup programming pertaining to speeds for various wash and dry sequences, there are
seven (7) drive speeds that a single or combination of inputs of the 3 speeds listed above may provide.
Page 48
RYKO SoftGloss XS Service Manual
Work Order # 7485800
CONTACTOR ON SIGNAL This signal goes to the appropriate motor contactor from the CPU. It only selects the appropriate motor
and has nothing to do with the operation of the VFD.
OSCILLATING PRE-WASH OPTION
The Oscillating Pre-Wash option enhances overall wash quality by removing excessive dirt or mud
adhering to the sides of the vehicle. The Pre-Wash operates before detergent is applied or brushes
make contact with the vehicle. In this way the detergent makes better contact with the vehicle surface
and the life of brush material is extended.
The Pre-Wash is provided at the beginning of the wash cycle and is comprised of one pass to the rear of
the vehicle and a return pass to the vehicle front. Fresh or reclaim water is sprayed at the vehicle sides
via eighteen (18) nozzles, nine on each side of the machine. The nozzle manifolds oscillate up and down
to apply spray from more than one angle. This loosens dirt more effectively and provides more complete
coverage of the vehicle rocker panels.
SPECIFICATIONS AND REQUIREMENTS
ELECTRIC
Pump Motor 208/230 V, 3 Phase, 60 HZ, 15 Amp or
460V, 3 Phase, 60 HZ, 15 Amp
AND
Left and Right
Oscillate Motors
120 VAC, 1 Phase, 60 HZ, 15 Amp
MOTORS
A small geared motor on each side of the machine provides the power required to oscillate the nozzle
manifolds. See the specifications above.
WATER
The Pre-Wash option does not require additional water service. Water usage rate is 35 GPM.
REPLACEMENT NOZZLES In the event nozzles require replacement, order the following:
RYKO Part No. Description
10226-287 1/8 MPT x 0 Deg x 1.0 GPM, PL
RECLAIM SYSTEM OPTION
The purpose of the Reclaim System Option is to provide a quality vehicle wash which requires a lower
consumption of fresh water. This optional system filters and holds in storage previously used vehicle
wash or rinse water which can then be reused during specified segments of a future vehicle wash.
Details regarding the reclaim system's specifications, components, operation, service and maintenance
are available in the Environmentalist II-B (EV II-B) manuals which were shipped with the EV II-B.
Page 49
RYKO SoftGloss XS Service Manual
Work Order # 7485800
CUSTOM MESSAGE DISPLAY SIGNS
Custom Message Display (CMD) Signs are a both a necessity and an enhancing option when used with
the SoftGloss XS. These programmable message signs are valuable instruction, information and sales
tools. Programming on these signs allows the operator to create unique and eye-catching displays to
instruct or inform customers.
The onboard Fascia Sign and the Freestanding Instruction Sign CMDs are both optional with the
SoftGloss XS.
FASCIA SIGN (16 Characters displayed on 1 line)
The optional fascia CMD sign is installed on the gantry and provides an overhead LED screen for
messages. This feature is especially effective with customers waiting in line for a wash. While giving
instructions, it may also be used explain each wash function as it occurs during the wash that the
customer sees while they wait. This display presents the message in a 16 character, 1 line format.
FREESTANDING INSTRUCTION SIGN (16 Characters in 2 lines)
The freestanding CMD Instruction Sign is an optional unit mounted either on the wall or on a pedestal
and installed in the bay separate from the SoftGloss XS. This display provides a 16 character message
screen in a 2 lined format. Eight characters are displayed on each line.
Refer to the Custom Message Display (CMD) Instruction Sign Programming document in the Drawings
section of this manual (See the Table of Contents).
SHORT BAY OPERATION
Installation of the SoftGloss XS in a non-standard (short) bay requires special hardware and changes the
operation of the rear arms. For programming and operation information, refer to the Short Bay Operation
Guide in the Drawings section of this manual.
WHEEL SCRUB OPTION
If the Wheel Scrub option is installed with the SoftGloss XS and selected in the wash package purchased
by the customer, it is featured during the wash cycle and provides a "double scrub" action to each wheel.
BASIC OPERATION Located on the lower inside of each side of the SoftGloss XS frame is one circular brush. When the
wheels of a vehicle are detected and activated during a wash pass, the wheel scrub brushes spin and
extend to provide a thorough scrubbing of the wheels. The brushes then retract, reverse spin direction,
and re-extend to give the wheels a second scrubbing. When finished scrubbing, the brushes retract until
the next wheels are detected.
WHEEL DETECTION Photoelectric eyes are installed low on the right and left sides of the SoftGloss XS frame to the front and
rear of the wheel scrub brushes. These photoeyes detect the vehicle's wheels during a wash cycle.
Wheel scrub operations are activated when the photoeyes have been blocked and then unblocked by the
vehicle's tires as the SoftGloss XS travels over the vehicle. The rollover halts travel when detection
occurs so that wheel scrub operations may be performed. When wheel scrub operation is completed, the
gantry's travel resumes. The vehicle's rear wheels are detected by the front-side photoeyes and scrubbed
during the rear to front (forward) wash pass. The vehicle's front wheels are detected by the rear-side
photoeyes and scrubbed during the front to rear (reverse) wash pass.
Page 50
RYKO SoftGloss XS Service Manual
Work Order # 7485800
During operation, the Programmable Logic Controller (PLC) receives signals sent from the sensors
working as part of the wheel scrub option and transmits appropriate commands in response to the
signals it receives. The photoeyes that detect the tires are part of this communication system and ensure
that that the brushes are centered over the tires. A proximity switch on each wheel scrub brush notifies
the PLC when the wheel scrub brushes have retracted from their extended position. Upon receiving this
signal, the gantry may safely resume travel. In the event signals indicate wheel scrub operation faults,
the PLC will generate diagnostic codes and, if appropriate, may terminate the wash cycle so as to prevent
the possibility of damage to the vehicle and/or equipment.
Page 51
RYKO SoftGloss XS Service Manual
Work Order # 7485800
MAINTENANCE
WARNING! WHEN SERVICE OR SERVICE MAINTENANCE IS REQUIRED FOR THE MACHINE
AND/OR ANY ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT, 1) DISABLE THE MACHINE TO PREVENT
MOVEMENT, AND 2) CLOSE THE BAY AND THE BAY CONTROLS TO TRAFFIC.
MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE
Daily Servicing
1. IMPORTANT! Clean photo-electric lenses.
2. Check the air line moisture trap.
3. Inspect bay for cleanliness.
4. Check Control Panel to confirm doors are padlocked.
5. Check additive tank levels, fill or replace if necessary.
6. Visually inspect the machine and all associated equipment for damage.
7. Check brush fingers for tangles.
8. Ensure that the entrance and exit doors are functioning properly.
9. Check the bay and equipment room for leaks (water, air additives, etc.)
Weekly Servicing or Each 1,000 Wash Cycles
1. Lubricate grease points on all bearings.
2. Rinse, wash, rinse the machine. Use of a mild liquid detergent for washing is recommended.
Cleaning the surface weekly helps to eliminate excessive lime and dirt build up and extends surface
appearance.
3. Lubricate all pneumatic air cylinder swivel joints; replace worn pins if necessary.
4. Check the condition of bay switch and associated wiring. Pick up and remove all debris to insure free
movement of the bay plate treadle.
5. Insure all lights are functional in Stop & Go sign. Clean lenses if necessary. Insure instructions and
decals are legible. Replace if necessary.
6. Check remote activation device, (if present) for correct operation. Check coin/token chute slides for
cleanliness and obstructions.
7. Check pressures on all regulators.
8. Verify settings on additive pumps are set for correct increments.
Monthly Servicing or Each 5,000 Wash Cycles
1. Check tightness of brush assembly holding screws on hubs.
2. Tighten all cover screws.
3. Grease all bearings, note worn bearings, tighten all set screws and collars.
4. Check gear box alignment and Lovejoy coupler assemblies for excessive wear.
5. Check wheels and track for extreme or improper wear.
6. Check clevis pins for wear.
7. Check all brush and bearing bolts for tightness.
8. Check rubber bumpers and stops for tightness. If loose, tighten.
9. Check all air, water, and power lines for abrasions, cracks, or over-tight ties.
10. Check air lines, regulators, and solenoids for leaks. Check air cylinder for proper operation.
11. Check foamer for proper operation. Clean additive system filters.
12. Check for loose or burned wires in Control Panel.
Page 52
RYKO SoftGloss XS Service Manual
Work Order # 7485800
13. Check Pre-Wash pump mechanisms for proper operation.
14. Check clutch and ultrasonic for proper operation.
15. Check brushes for wear and build up of dirt or oil.
16. Run the machine through several cycles and check general operation.
17. Inspect bay for cleanliness.
Each 50,000 Wash Cycles 1. Check all Caution decals for wear. Replace if illegible. (Decal replacement is important to machine
maintenance and good safety procedure practices.)
2. Check oil levels on all gear boxes.
MOTORS - GENERAL INFORMATION
CAUTION! BE SURE TO DISCONNECT ALL SUPPLIES BEFORE SERVICING.
Three phase motors run on 208V/230V or 460V 60 HZ power.
Note: 460V motors are wired differently than the 208V/230V motors.
IMPORTANT: SET MOTOR CIRCUIT PROTECTORS AT FULL LOAD AMPERAGE (FLA) RATING. REFER TO
THE MACHINE'S NAMEPLATE ON EACH OF THESE PUMPS FOR HORSE POWER (HP), AMPERAGE, RPM
AND MAXIMUM LOAD SPECIFICATIONS
MOTOR CIRCUIT PROTECTORS Each of the motors on the machine is protected from the strains of overloading by circuit protectors.
These circuit protectors are located in the Control Panel. They "sense" the amperage being drawn by
each motor. When a motor is overloaded, the circuit protector for that motor will activate. When
activated, the circuit protector will break the common power line to the contactor coils and cause the
contactors to break immediately. Power will not be able to feed the motors and they will shut down. The
circuit protector will also close a circuit that signals the PLC and interrupts all control power to the Control
Panel. This double safety system insures that a malfunctioning motor will shut the machine down.
The machine will remain inoperative until the responsible circuit protector is manually reset.
The circuit protectors may be reset by turning the control to the OFF position and then turning it back to
ON. A tripped circuit protector may require up to five minutes cooling time before it can be safely reset.
Each circuit protector has an adjustment for its capacity. The circuit protectors have been preset at the
factory as improper adjustment could reduce the effectiveness of the overloads. A label on the inside of
the control panel lists the correct settings for specific motor brands.
IMPORTANT: ADJUSTMENTS SHOULD BE MADE ONLY BY YOUR AUTHORIZED RYKO SERVICE
REPRESENTATIVE.
A tripped circuit protector may or may not indicate a serious problem. Occasionally, an unusual
circumstance may cause a motor to overload. If a circuit protector trips, note which motor is involved and
make a quick inspection of that motor and its related mechanics. If nothing appears to be wrong, reset
the circuit protector and return the machine to service.
Attention! Should the motor circuit protectors require servicing, refer to circuit protector overload settings on the
label inside the control panel door.
Page 53
RYKO SoftGloss XS Service Manual
Work Order # 7485800
Page 54
RYKO SoftGloss XS Service Manual
Work Order # 7485800
SPEED REDUCERS
This machine uses right angle, worm gear in-line speed reducers to receive the output from the motors,
reduce the RPM, and then transmit the reduced RPM to the brushes or drive wheels. Exception to use of
this type of reducer are the Wheel Scrub brushes that use enclosed Helical gear reducers that are
greased and sealed, thus eliminating any lubricant servicing.
All speed reducers require periodic maintenance to assure proper operation and a long, dependable life.
Unless performing maintenance that requires disassembling the gearbox, no oil change is necessary. It
is, however, important that a proper oil level be maintained. To check the oil, remove the non-vent level
plug on the side of the speed reducer. An acceptable oil level tolerance would range from oil running out
of the speed reducer as the plug is loosened to as much as one-quarter (1/4) inch below the level plug. If
the oil level is lower than the tolerance level stated, add the amount of oil needed to meet the
maintenance requirement.
Note: Check the oil level on each speed reducer every three (3) months.
Use RYKO synthetic gear lubricant, Part Number 13610-001, available in 1 gallon quantities. DO NOT
dilute the gear lubricant with kerosene or other additives. DILUTING GEAR LUBRICANT WITH
ADDITIVE(S) WILL VOID THE GEAR BOX WARRANTY.
AMP SENSORS
The SoftGloss XS is equipped with an Amp Sensing for the front, rear and top arms. The Amp Sensors
read the current draw to the motors. The rear arms, front arms and the top brush each have one Amp
Sensor. If the current draw is excessive for those arms, the Amp Sensors signal the PLC which shuts off
the arm's brushes for the duration of the immediate cycle in operation (i.e. bumper dwell, reverse pass).
The other brushes are not affected. The brushes will resume spinning at the start of the next immediate
cycle.
Example: As the rear brushes dwell on the rear of a van with a ladder, the amp sensor will
detect a large current draw as the brush speed is impeded by the ladder. The
PLC will detect this current draw and shut off the rear brush spin. The brushes
will remain off until the rear brush dwell cycle has ended. The brushes will
resume spinning for the next cycle which is the Wash Forward (if double pass is
present).
PROXIMITY SWITCH ADJUSTMENT
END STOP PROXIMITY SWITCH TRIP PLATE
INSTALLATION ADJUSTMENT AND TESTING To install the end stop proximity switch trip plate and bumper mounts, refer to the following instructions.
The trip plates are bolted at each outside end portion of the right track. This would be the track on the
right side of the bay when viewed from the Entrance End of he bay. These trip plates work in conjunction
with the proximity switches in stopping the machine.
Page 55
RYKO SoftGloss XS Service Manual
Work Order # 7485800
Also, a total of four (4) bumper mounts must be installed on the tracks. Position and install one bumper
mount at the end of each track. Fastening material is provided. The bumper mounts must be installed
to keep the machine from running off the tracks or hitting the entrance or exit door tracks.
END STOP PROXIMITY SWITCHES AND TRIP PLATE ADJUSTMENT & TESTING When installation of the trip plates and bumper mounts, including the electrical, air and water
connections is complete, install, adjust, and test the end stop proximity switch according to Steps that
follow.
1. There are two (2) end stop proximity switches that are standard equipment with each machine.
These proximity switches come assembled on a bracket that is attached on the bottom outside
channel of the machine (Electrical Control Panel side). This bracket will need to be installed on the
machine and adjusted. Adjustment is required to enable reading the trip plates (targets).
2. The bracket that the proximity switch is assembled is secured to the machine with bolts and nuts
(provided). The proximity switches are threaded to allow easy adjustment. Once the bracket has
been secured to the machine, adjust the proximity switches so that the face of each switch is 3/16 of
an inch away from the trip plate as illustrated below.
3. On completing installation and adjustment of the switches, drive the machine back and forth on the
track a few times to insure the dimensions are maintained at all times. The end stop proximity
switches should cause the drives to shut off before the unit touches the end stop rubber bumpers.
When the drives shut off, the machine will coast slightly and make contact with the end stop bumpers
before coming to a rest position. Readjust the switches if required.
SIDE ARM PROXIMITY SWITCHES Each side arm of the machine has a proximity switch mounted on the main frame where it will be
activated as the arm swings in. These four proximity switches serve as locating devices that informs the
programmable controller of the machine's position during a wash cycle.
Activation of the proximity switches provides signals to the PLC and starts and runs the side brushes,
and drive motors, reverses their rotational direction, and reverses machine motion.
One proximity switch (one per each side arm brush), is positioned so it will activate as the side arm
brushes wrap around the front or the rear of the vehicle. If one of the switches becomes inoperative, the
machine will still function normally using the remaining proximity switch on the opposite side of the frame.
Page 56
RYKO SoftGloss XS Service Manual
Work Order # 7485800
The proximity switch system is further aided by the 2 Digit Code Display which points out malfunctioning
switches. Also, see Bypass Toggle Switches.
CAUTION! DO NOT ATTEMPT TO OPERATE THE MACHINE WITH MORE THAN
ONE FRONT OR REAR LIMIT SWITCH TURNED OFF. THE MACHINE WILL NOT BE
ABLE TO PROPERLY LOCATE THE ENDS OF THE VEHICLE.
SIDE ARM PROXIMITY SWITCH ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURES The front arm, rear arm and top brush prox switches are non-adjustable from side to side.
A space of 1/8" +/- 1/32 (3 mm +/- 1 mm) should exist between the proximity switch face and the
aluminum side arm channel that serves as the proximity switch target. Any deviation from the 1/8" +/-
1/32" distance stated could cause the machine to not properly locate the ends of the vehicle being
washed.
IMPORTANT: IMPROPER ADJUSTMENT WILL PREVENT THE ARM FROM ACTIVATING THE PROXIMITY
SWITCH.
Should the proximity switch require adjustment, loosen the two jam nuts that secure the proximity switch
to the proximity switch bracket. When loose, raise or lower the proximity switch to the 1/8" +/- 1/32"
space requirement. When adjusted, retighten the two jam nuts and the mounting bolts.
After front and rear arm proximity switch space is adjusted as required, the distance at which the
proximity switch shuts off must also meet specific dimensions. These dimensions are shown on the Arm
Proximity Switch Adjustment Instructions drawing in the Drawings section of this manual. Note: Since
the front and rear arm proximity brackets are non-adjustable from side to side, to meet the dimension
required it may be necessary to use channel lock type pliers to tweak the bracket to one side or the other
until the dimension is achieved.
Refer also to Leveling Arms in this manual for additional information which will ensure proper operation
and a quality wash.
TOP ARM PROXIMITY SWITCH To adjust the Top Arm proximity switch, refer to adjustment instructions on the FoamBrite Option
drawing.
END STOP PROXIMITY SWITCHES These switches are located on the right, bottom side of the machine on the outside of the tracks. The
entrance end stop proximity switch is located beneath the right side drive motor. The exit end stop
proximity switch is located near the right front idler wheel. As the machine reaches the end of the track,
the end stop proximity switch senses a metal trip plate attached to the track riser. There is a trip plate
bolted to the outside exit end and outside entrance end of the tracks. When a proximity switch senses a
trip plate, it signals the PLC. The PLC then removes power to the drive contactor and shuts off the
motors. Should the machine travel to the end of the tracks, the end stop proximity switch will stop the
machine before it hits the end stop bumpers. This feature prevents damage to the machine, vehicles or
bay.
When adjusting these switches, leave a minimum of 1/2" (13 mm) between the side of the switch and all
track mounting bolts they pass over. The face of these switches should be adjusted to within 1/8” +/-
1/32” (3 mm +/- 1 mm) of the trip plate target.
Page 57
RYKO SoftGloss XS Service Manual
Work Order # 7485800
WHEEL SCRUB, AND WIPER PROXIMITY SWITCHES Space requirements for Wheel Scrub (2) and Wiper (2) Proximity Switches call for the same 1/8” +/-
1/32” space requirement between the proximity switch face and the assigned target as for the side arms,
and end stop proximity switches.
LEVELING ARMS
Level and balanced arms are essential to proper operation of brush rollover machines. Level arms can
be defined as arms that do not significantly swing in or out when the air is released from them. It is
especially important that the arms perform alike. They should act in a similar fashion when the pressure is
removed. If that is so, they should also perform alike when the air cylinders are pressurized.
When balanced, the arms brush shafts are aligned with the gearbox output shafts via the couplings so
that both shafts are concentric and parallel.
Note: The track level from side to side will have a great affect on this adjustment and should be considered when
leveling arms.
To determine if the machine's arms are level follow the procedure below. Check either front or rear arms
together.
1. Relieve the air to the machine.
2. Rotate the arms inward against the instop bumpers to ensure that pressurized air is out of the
cylinder.
3. Rotate the arms slightly outward until there is an approximate 1" gap between the bumper and the
arm.
4. Release the arms. If level, the arms will not swing out or in more than six (6) inches as measured at
the brush shaft.
5. Rotate the arms to the outmost position.
6. Repeat steps 3 and 4 for the outstop bumpers.
Note: Machine operation and wash quality will be affected if one arm swings in slightly and the other swings
outward slightly. It would be preferable, if perfect level is not attainable, to have a VERY SLIGHT swing toward the center of the bay.
IF THE ARM SWINGS OUT
1. Swing the arm in until there is about two inches between the arm and the instop bumper.
2. Place a floor jack under the brush shaft and raise it until the weight is just removed from the arm.
3. Loosen the four (4) bearing bolts for the pivot bearings on the machine.
Page 58
RYKO SoftGloss XS Service Manual
Work Order # 7485800
4. Lower the arm with the jack three or four inches. NOTE: The distance the arm is lowered is relative
to the amount of swing being corrected. The intent is to allow the weight of the arm to assist in
repositioning the bearings. It may be necessary to lower the jack completely.
5. Retighten the bolts and test the level of the arm.
IF THE ARM SWINGS IN
Follow the procedure above, but , after the bolts are loose, raise instead of lowering the jack.
TOP BRUSH INTERRUPT AND PROXIMITY SWITCH ADJUSTMENT
TOP BRUSH INTERRUPT (TBI) OPERATION The top brush interrupt (TBI) prevents the top brush from descending into pickup beds where it could
come into contact with any accumulated debris and possibly damage the vehicle or the machine.
The SoftGloss XS utilizes the ultrasonics to perform the top brush interrupt. The ultrasonics "reads" the
profile of the vehicle to determine what type of vehicle is present. The proximity switch on the top of the
arm is still present, but is used as a safety feature to determine the position of the arm at various times
during the wash cycle.
If the vehicle is identified as a sedan or tall vehicle, the TBI logic is bypassed and the top brush
does not interrupt.
If the vehicle is identified as a pickup, the following occurs:
When the top brush drops at the front of the pickup, the machine begins to drive to the rear of the
pickup. As the ultrasonic passes over the pickup cab, it looks for a drop in height of 14" or greater from
the cab height that was determined during the vehicle profile pass. Once the point of this drop is located,
an adjustable timer begins to determine when to shut off and raise the top brush. Note: It may be
necessary to adjust this timer to ensure optimum operation.
PROXIMITY SWITCH ADJUSTMENT 1. The proximity switch is located on the right side of the Top Brush Arm Support. A metal bracket that
attaches to the top brush support weldment on the overhead beam serves as the mounting bracket
for the proximity switch.
2. Use the manual drive key switch and move the machine to a position on the tracks so the right idler
wheel is approximately 13 feet from the front end of the track.
3. With the top brush in a lowered position, adjust the proximity switch to a distance of 1/16" to 1/8"
(1,58 mm-3,17 mm) from the arm channel. Next, adjust the proximity switch bracket up and down so
that the proximity signal indicator light (on the back of the proximity switch) goes off just when the top
brush shaft centerline is 76” (1930 mm) off the floor.
Page 59
RYKO SoftGloss XS Service Manual
Work Order # 7485800
TOP BRUSH COUNTERWEIGHT ADJUSTMENT
IMPORTANT: DEPENDING ON THE MACHINE SHIPMENT METHOD AND IN ORDER TO MINIMIZE SHIPPING
SPACE, SOME MACHINES MAY REQUIRE COMPRESSION OF THE COUNTERWEIGHTS DURING SHIPMENT.
IF THIS IS REQUIRED, THE COUNTERWEIGHT IS MARKED AT THE TESTED POSITION ON THE TOP SIDE OF
THE TOP BRUSH CHANNEL. THE COUNTERWEIGHT CAN THEN BE ADJUSTED BACK TO THIS MARKED
POSITION DURING MACHINE INSTALLATION. THIS PROCEDURE APPLIES TO BOTH FILAMENT AND CLOTH
MACHINES.
It is necessary to weigh the top brush (when dry) and then adjust the top brush counter balance as
described in Dry FoamBrite Brushes.
DRY FOAMBRITE BRUSHES Follow the steps below to weigh and adjust the top washer with dry FoamBrite brushes only.
1. The top brush should be completely assembled (brushes, motor, reducer, cover, etc.)
2. Remove the air from the top brush pneumatic cylinder. On the pneumatic manifold:
a) Turn the inlet air valve to the OFF position.
b) Turn the exhaust port valve to the OPEN position to release air from the entire pneumatic system.
c) Turn the flow control on the exhaust port of the top arm pneumatic cylinder fully open.
3. With the top brush lowered, fasten a scale to the middle of the top shaft.
4. SLOWLY and STEADILY raise the top brush by the scale to a horizontal position.
5. While the top brush is in the horizontal position, take the weight measurement. IMPORTANT: For
top arms with UHMW bearings, do not allow the tension in the scale to go slack even slightly.
Tension should not be eased on the scale when reaching the horizontal position for taking
measurement. This prevents the weight from being "held up" by friction between the top arm bearing
races and the UHMW bearings.
6. Take another weight measurement by lowering the top brush through the horizontal position from the
fully raised position. IMPORTANT: For top arms with UHMW bearings, do not allow the tension in
the scale to go slack even slightly. Tension should not be eased on the scale when reaching the
horizontal position for taking measurement. This prevents the weight from being "held up" by friction
between the top arm bearing races and the UHMW bearings.
7. Average the "raising" and "lowering" weights [(Weight UP + Weight DOWN) divided by 2]. This
eliminates the UHMW bearing friction that may be added or subtracted from the actual weight
[(Weight + Friction + Weight - Friction) divided by 2 = Weight].
8. For Top Arms with 25:1 (69 RPM 60 Hz) or 20:1 (71 RPM 50 Hz) reducers, measure and, if
necessary, adjust the top brush weight to 15 (6,8 kg) to 18 (8,2 kg) pounds and verify that this weight
obtains a crush of 6 to 10 inches (15,2 cm to 25,4 cm) by washing at least 20 various vehicles.
Adjust the top brush drop using the top brush flow control valve on the pneumatic manifold. With top
FoamBrite brushes dry, fully open the top brush flow control valve. Using the handheld
programmable panel (HPP), force the top brush spin and top brush drop several times while
adjusting the top brush flow control valve inward until the top brush, while spinning, drops in 25
seconds +/- 5 seconds. Note: If top FoamBrite brushes are wet, use the HPP to force the top brush
to spin for 10 minutes to dry.
Page 60
RYKO SoftGloss XS Service Manual
Work Order # 7485800
9. With the top arm counterweight and the top arm drop adjusted as described above, adjust the flow
control valve on the exhaust port of the top arm pneumatic cylinder inward only until the top arm
rises without slamming against the top arm return bumper stops.
The amount of crush should be the ultimate determining factor when setting the counterweight.
Note: Crush measurements refer to the length of the brush material that is bent and folded over when making
contact with the vehicle surface.
LUBRICATION
All machines with moving parts require regular lubrication, and RYKO machines are no exception. With
a routine maintenance schedule, parts are checked visually and physically to insure proper working
condition. Lubrication of areas such as bearings where "metal rides on metal" helps to minimize the heat
and recoverable loss caused by friction. Proper lubrication should be a first consideration of a regular
maintenance program.
IMPORTANT: LACK OF LUBRICATION WILL VOID THE WARRANTY.
Every machine leaving the factory has been thoroughly checked and lubricated and should need no
further service for one week from the date of installation.
LUBRICATION - GREASE ZERKS AND BEARINGS Careful examination of the machine reveals 32 grease zerks (30 without on-board dry option). These
zerks (also referred to as nipples) should be lubricated regularly with a good No. 2 grade lithium-based
lubricant, (see Maintenance Schedule). The zerks and lubrication schedule for each are:
WHEELS AND AXLES - EIGHT (8) GREASE ZERKS
Eight (8) zerks are associated with the wheels and axles. All wheel axles are connected to the frame via
two 2-bolt bearings, one (1) each to the inside and outside of the wheel assembly. Grease these eight
(8) bearings weekly.
TOP BRUSH BEARINGS - TWO (2) GREASE ZERKS
Four (4) grease zerks and bearings are associated with the top brush assembly. One 2-bolt bearing is at
each end of the brush shaft, bolted to the top brush frame. Grease these two (2) bearings weekly.
SIDE ARMS - SIXTEEN (16) GREASE ZERKS
There are sixteen (16) zerks and bearings associated with the side arms, four (4) on each arm. Each
side arm is connected to the frame by a vertical shaft supported by two 2-bolt bearings. One (1) bearing
is mounted under the upper side arm shelf, and the other is on the lower shelf. Both are positioned with
the bearing zerk on the outward end of the shelf where it is easily accessible. Grease these eight (8)
zerks weekly.
Page 61
RYKO SoftGloss XS Service Manual
Work Order # 7485800
At the brush end of each side arm are two (2) bearings holding the brush shaft at the top and bottom of
the side arm. The lower bearing is just above the side brush and the upper bearing is inside the motor
cover and can be lubricated through an access hole. Bearings on units with tall rear arms are located
directly above the cover. There is no bottom to this cover so access to bearings for lubrication purposes
is simple. Grease these bearings weekly.
Note: At the top of each side brush is a disk of black carpet material. It has been placed at this location to catch
grease and reduce fouling of the brushes. These disks should be replaced if they become excessively greasy.
Pump only enough grease into a zerk and bearing to force the new grease out around the bearing until it
is visible. This bead of new grease should be only about 1/16 inch in diameter. Be sure the zerk is
wiped clean before new grease is inserted and wiped again afterward to remove excess grease. This
practice prevents grease dropping onto a bristle or being picked up from the bay floor by the side brushes
and transferred to the vehicle.
Although some manufacturers recommend that bearings be lubricated while they are in motion, that
procedure is not safe or practical for this equipment.
CAUTION! DO NOT ATTEMPT TO LUBRICATE ANY PORTION OF THE MACHINE
DURING A WASH CYCLE.
PANELS AND COVERS - CLEANING AND WAXING
Refer and adhere to the procedures that follow when cleaning and waxing panels and covers of the
machine.
Dust and clean the panels/covers with a soft, clean, damp cloth or chamois. Wipe the surface gently
when performing this procedure. DO NOT use cloths containing grit or abrasive particles, or kitchen
scouring type compounds to clean (wash, wax, polish, etc.) or dust the machine covers or panels.
For light build-up of dirt and grime, use pure liquid soap and lukewarm water. For heavy build-
up of dirt, grime, or lime, wash down with lukewarm water and, while still wet, follow with full
strength RYKO General Purpose Cleaner. See Recommended Cleaning Agents. NEVER use
boiling water, strong solvents or other materials (see Cleaning and Waxing Agents Not
Recommended), to clean the covers or panels, as they will soften the plastics.
When washing is complete, rinse the surface with lukewarm water.
Use a clean, damp cloth or chamois and dry the panels/covers after rinsing. When performing this
procedure, blot dry the surface. Do Not Wipe The Surface.
To obtain the best protection and highest degree of polish, wax the panel / cover surfaces sparingly.
See Recommended Waxing Agents.
Use a soft, clean cloth and apply wax sparingly in a thin, even film over the entire surface of each
panel or cover. If required, let the wax dry before polishing the cover or panel surface. Refer to
directions on the wax container to determine how long wax should remain on the surface before
polishing.
Page 62
RYKO SoftGloss XS Service Manual
Work Order # 7485800
Use a clean, cotton flannel or jersey cloth and polish the waxed surfaces lightly. After polishing, use
a damp, clean cloth and gently wipe the surfaces. This helps to ground any electrostatic charges that
may attract dust particles.
NEVER subject covers or panels to hard, direct blows.
Light scratches and abrasions might be removed by waxing with Simonize paste wax. Deeper
scratches or abrasions might be removed by lightly buffing the cover/panel with a fine grade of
rubbing compound.
RECOMMENDED CLEANING AGENTS
For light build-up: RYKO Detergent, Fantastic, Mr. Clean, 409, Joy, Cascade. All cleaning agents
must be in liquid form.
For heavy build-up: RYKO Cleaner/General Purpose (Part No. 13398-002).
RECOMMENDED WAXING AGENTS Simonize, Aero Wax, and Glo-Coat.
CLEANING AND WAXING AGENTS NOT RECOMMENDED Wisk, Liquid All, Dynamo, Cold Power Liquid, Endust, Lestoil, Pine-Sol, Gain, Halogenated
Hydrocarbons, Ketones, Cellosolve Acetate, Aromatic Hydrocarbons (Amsoc G, Solvesso 100, Solvesso
150), Tetrahydrofuran, Butyl Cellosolve, Methanol, Ethanol, Isopropanol (90% & 70% Commercial),
Gasoline, Brake Fluid, Kerosene, Isopar K, Hexane, Spot Cleaner (Trichlorethane, Trichlorethylene,
Perchlorethylene), Abrasives (cleaners, example "Comet"), Plasti Shine, Carnu, Turtle Wax, Body Sheen,
Johnson's Pride, Dupont No. 7 (rubbing compound), and Lighter Fluid.
SOFTGLOSS XS WITH FOAMBRITE™ OPERATION / ADJUSTMENTS
The following information pertains only to SoftGloss XS machines with FoamBrite™.
ULTRASONIC PROFILING The ultrasonic sensor is located on the entrance side of the machine directly under the boom. Its
purpose is to define the vehicle's dimensions for the wash equipment in a process referred to as
mapping.
MAPPING
During mapping, the ultrasonic sensor takes readings of the vehicle during the first pass over the vehicle
that is not a pre-wash pass.
a) The hood value, when read, is assigned the value X.
b) 28" after the tire photoeye detects the front tire, sort the last five (5) ultrasonic readings on the
roof and store the longest reading. This value is Y. Note: This process is done to so that a light
bar such as is found on a police cruiser is ignored.
c) After value Y is determined, locate the rear tire. If there are six consecutive readings of 18" or
greater than Y when the rear tire is detected, the vehicle is mapped as a pickup.
Page 63
RYKO SoftGloss XS Service Manual
Work Order # 7485800
d) If the vehicle is not a pickup, determine if the vehicle has a flat roof as follows: Subtract value Y
from the ultrasonic reading when the rear tire is detected. If the difference is less than 7" or if the
value of Y is less than Adjustable Roof Height, the vehicle is mapped as a station wagon , van or
a pickup with a topper.
e) If the vehicle is neither a pickup or a flat roof vehicle, the system defaults to a sedan. Internal
memory locations indicate what type of vehicle is being washed.
M450 = Tall Vehicle M451 = Sedan M452 = Pickup
Note: During the profile pass the program constantly looks for the tallest point of the vehicle. If the
machine detects the rear end stop BEFORE the rear tire is detected, the program uses this
information to determine the type of vehicle based on data collected during the profile pass. The
vehicle in this situation may not be identified correctly because the rear tire wash not detected.
"ADJUSTABLE ROOF HEIGHT"
Adjustable Roof Height is used in the event the rear window of a van or sport utility vehicle is steeply
sloped enough to cause the ultrasonic to read it as a rear wiper or rear bumper. Also, it may be
necessary to adjust from the default value if the slope of the bay floor is irregular and causes the vehicle
to appear lower in the bay. Refer to "Recommended Set-up Settings for SoftGloss XS" documentation
for detailed setting instructions.
IMPORTANT: WHEN THE MACHINE IS 'AT REST', WITH NO VEHICLES IN THE WASH, AN ULTRASONIC
VALUE OF LESS THAN 95 INCHES IN D29 INDICATES A PROBLEM.
TALL ARM CLUTCHES
LOCATION: On the rear arms beneath the lower bearings.
OPERATION
These clutches are air actuated spring released friction clutches with a 4 inch single disk clutch. At zero
pressure the clutch is released. Turning on output Y056 applies air pressure and energizes solenoid
V56, the clutch solenoid. When output Y056 turns off, the air is exhausted due to the pressure of the
springs forcing the disk apart to release the clutch. This pressure is top brush pressure @ 85 PSI.
TOP BRUSH
ROTATION: 70 RPM
UHMW BEARINGS
The UHMW bearings are used to reduce top brush bounce during operation. These bearings create a
drag on the top brush pivot shaft and may interfere somewhat when weighing the top brush. It is
necessary to weigh the brush in a continuing motion to obtain an accurate reading. See Top Brush
Counterweight Adjustment in this manual for weighing procedures.
TOP BRUSH PROX
This prox is provided as a safety feature.
Page 64
RYKO SoftGloss XS Service Manual
Work Order # 7485800
BRUSH SEGMENTS
The FoamBrite™ top brush is comprised of eleven 12" x 60" segments. The measurement of the top
brush segments end to end is 68 - 3/4 inches + 0 inches, - 1-1/6 inches. The folds on five of the
segments point in one direction. The folds on the remaining six segments point in the opposite direction.
Orientation of the segments during assembly is critical to operation. The segments must be tightly
compressed so that there is no gap between them.
SIDE BRUSHES
FRONT
Standard Front Arm Option: Each front side brush is comprised of five segments each measuring 24"
x 48". The segments are arranged with the folds pointing upward.
Tall Front Arm Option: Each tall front arm side brush is comprised of five 24" x 48" segments and two
12" x 52" segments. The segments are arranged with the folds pointing upward.
REAR
The upper section of each rear brush is comprised of two different segment types. Assembled at the top
of the section are four 12" x 60" segments. At the bottom of the upper section are two 12" x 52"
segments.
The lower section of each rear brush is comprised of two 24" x 48" segments.
CURRENT SENSING The current sensors are located in the main electrical control panel on the right side. Their purpose is to
detect overcurrents during machine operation.
CURRENT SENSORS
The three current sensors (relays) below are present on machines with the FoamBrite™ option. These
sensors are orange. Also below are the required settings.
Sensors Settings
Top Brush K96 Threshold 25
Front Brushes K97 Hysteresis Minimum or 5
Rear Brushes K98 Time Delay 2 seconds
CURRENT TRANSFORMERS
The three current transformers below are present on machines with the FoamBrite ™ option. These
transformers may be either gray or brown. Also below is wiring information.
Transformers Wiring
Top Brush T3 T3 L2 of the top brush motor is
looped four times through T3.
Front Brushes T4 T4 L2 of both front brush motors
goes through T4.
Rear Brushes T5 T5 L2 of both rear brush motors
goes through T5.
Page 65
RYKO SoftGloss XS Service Manual
Work Order # 7485800
MACHINE RESPONSE
If an overcurrent is detected by the arm current sensors during certain phases of the wash cycle, the
brushes will stop spinning and retract to the out position. When the next wash step begins, the brushes
will restart.
If a top brush overcurrent is detected, the top brush will stop spinning and raise. The machine will drive
forward for 4 seconds. The wash will continue without the top brush until the rear arm proxes are
detected. At that time the brush will spin and drop. If the overcurrent occurs again, the top brush will
raise for the remainder of the wash reverse pass. If the machine is armed for a 2 pass top brush, the top
brush lowers a second time at the front on the second reverse pass.
PREWASH There are two prewash oscillating nozzle manifolds, one on either side of the machine on the entrance
side next to the wheel scrub units. Each oscillating nozzle manifold is operated by a small oscillate
motor. The manifold delivers at 80 PSI above the incoming city water pressure. A 2 HP centrifugal
Grundfos CR2 pump supplies the water which is then applied on the vehicle from five Oo nozzles.
PROGRAM OPERATION The program separates all vehicles into one of three categories: Sedans, Trucks, or Tall Vehicles. The
machine's operation alters according to how the vehicle in the wash is categorized.
VEHICLE TYPE OPERATION
Sedan The machine washes from front to rear while mapping the vehicle (see Mapping). At
the rear of the vehicle the rear arms come in with the clutch off and the top
freewheeling. When reaching the rear windshield area the clutch turns on and
remains on until the machine is at the front windshield. The clutch then turns off.
When the reverse drive begins, the clutch turns on again and remains on until the rear
windshield area is reached.
Truck The machine washes from front to rear while mapping the vehicle (see Mapping). At
the rear of the vehicle, the rear arms come in with the clutch on. The clutch remains
on until the machine is at the front windshield area. The clutch then turns off. When
the reverse drive begins, the clutch turns on and remains on for the entire reverse
pass. Since mapping has determined a pickup is in the wash, the top brush will raise
just before the pickup bed, depending on the vehicle and the value placed in location
D429.
Tall Vehicle The machine washes from front to rear while mapping the vehicle (see Mapping). At
the rear of the vehicle the rear arms come in with the clutch on. The clutch remains on
until the machine reaches the front windshield area. The clutch then turns off. When
the reverse drive begins the clutch turns on. The clutch remains on for the entire
reverse pass. At the rear of the vehicle the arms remain in and the machine drives
forward to wash the rear window. When a rear arm prox is activated, the high pressure
is released and the machine dwells at the rear. After the dwell time the machine
finishes washing in reverse to complete the wash.
Page 66
RYKO SoftGloss XS Service Manual
Work Order # 7485800
FOAMBRITE BRUSH CLEANING
As stated in the Maintenance Schedule, brushes should be checked monthly for dirt and / or oil build up
that may be caused by several operation conditions. A high quality wax is necessary to avoid build-up or
growths on the FoamBrite. Should brushes appear dirty or oily, clean according to the steps below.
Do not use water hotter than 120o F.
Do not use cleaning chemicals with a pH of 10 or higher.
Do not use cleaning chemicals with a pH of 4 or lower.
1. The brushes should be wet prior to the cleaning process. If the brushes are dry, run the wash on the
service vehicle for several washes to wet the brushes.
2. Drop the top brush.
3. Apply 8 - 10 oz. of a mild liquid dish washing cleaning agent to the top brush and work it in
thoroughly by hand. Dishwashing detergents prove to work well as cleaning agents.
4. Run the top brush on the hood of the service vehicle for 5 minutes without water to further work
cleaning agent into the brush.
5. While top brush is spinning, turn on the machine's water supply, or apply water (warm water works
best if available) from a garden hose until brushes are well lathered. Turn the water supply off and
allow top brush to spin for approximately 5 minutes.
6. Raise the top brush.
7. Reduce front and rear side arm return air pressures to zero (0).
8. Pull front arms, rear arms, or all arms in until they contact the in-stop bumpers and tie them as close
together as possible with a rope or similar holding device so the fingers overlap as much as possible.
9. Apply 8 - 10 oz. of a mild liquid dish washing cleaning agent to each brush and work it in thoroughly
by hand. Dishwashing detergents prove to work well as cleaning agents.
10. Energize the brush motors for approximately 5 minutes (in each direction for rear brushes) without
water to further work cleaning agent into the brushes.
11. While brushes are spinning, turn on the machine's water supply, or apply water (warm water works
best if available) from a garden hose until brushes are well lathered. Turn the water supply off and
allow brushes to spin (each direction for rear brushes) for approximately 5 minutes.
12. If time allows let all the brushes stand idle for approximately one hour to let soap work.
13. Reset the side arm return air pressures properly.
14. After the brushes have been idle, rinse out the soap. This can be done by washing the service
vehicle several times.
Page 67
RYKO SoftGloss XS Service Manual
Work Order # 7485800
BRUSH REPLACEMENT
Depending on the volume of vehicles washed at a given wash location, machine brushes will eventually
wear and require replacement. When replacement becomes necessary, the RYKO Manufacturing
Company Standard Equipment Limited Warranty does offer certain benefits for replacement of the side
brushes, only. Refer to the Proration Schedule - Side Brush Replacement provided in the Warranty
Information section of the Owner's Manual.
Also see the Brush Parts drawing in this manual. This drawing illustrates and provides instructions for
the installation of brushes to the top brush and side brush hubs.
TOP BRUSH There are eleven (11) complete brush sections which make up the Top Brush assembly. Each is
identical. The orientation of each, however, depends on its location. See the FoamBrite Brush Parts
Option drawing for clarification. Note that the folds of the brush material are to the outer sides of the
brush assembly.
IMPORTANT: UNDER NORMAL OPERATION, TOP BRUSH WEAR IS NOT AS EXTREME AS WEAR TO THE
SIDE BRUSHES.
TALL REAR SIDE ARM BRUSHES This brush assembly consists of eleven (11) brush sections that, when assembled onto tubes, consist of
a top section and a bottom section. See Brush Parts drawing and refer to the Rear Arm and Shaft
Assembly drawing. Note that the folds of the brush material are on the top side of the brush.
When replacing the brush sections, refer to the FoamBrite Brush Parts drawing for details on the
assembly procedure. Note the need to drill assembly holes through the brush section hubs to hold the
brush sections in place on both the top and bottom half of the Tall Rear Arm brushes.
The upper half of the Tall Rear Side Arms are on a separate core which does not always spin when the
bottom half of the rear brush is spinning. However, the bottom brush section on the upper half of the rear
brush extends down over the flange weldment of the lower half of the brush. Refer to the Brush Parts
drawing. Ensure the above mentioned brush section cannot engage the keystocks of the brush core pipe
of the lower half of the Tall Rear Arms.
PICTOGRAM SIGN OPTION
The optional Pictogram Sign is an attractive backlit overhead display which provides a colorful and
changing visual image of the vehicle wash process. The sign contains six (6) picture windows, each
containing an illustration which depicts a wash package process. Each window is wired to illuminate the
illustration and flash during the operation which coincides with the picture. In this manner, both the
customer in the wash bay and the next customer in line are informed what is occurring step by step
during the wash process.
The owner/operator may choose illustrations for the windows from among the following processes:
FOAM BATH RINSE COLD WAX AIR DRY
UNDERCAR SPOT FREE RINSE HOT WAX TRIFOAM
WASH PRE-WASH SUPER POLISH
WHEEL SCRUB WAX CLEAR COAT
Page 68
RYKO SoftGloss XS Service Manual
Work Order # 7485800
The Pictogram Sign package is available for installation at new and existing locations. Consult with a
RYKO Service Representative for details.
Page 69
RYKO SoftGloss XS Service Manual
Work Order # 7485800
PICTOGRAM SIGN MAINTENANCE The pictogram signs may need to be changed if customer wash packages are altered. The information
below provides instructions for the replacement of an option sign. In the event a strobe light should fail
and need to be replaced, refer to Strobe Light Assembly Replacement below.
PICTOGRAM SIGN REPLACEMENT Refer to the Pictogram Sign Installation drawing in the Installation Manual when installing a new option
sign.
1. Remove the cover screws which hold the plastic fascia to the machine.
2. Carefully remove the plastic fascia. NOTE: Do not bend the wiper directly below the plastic fascia.
3. Remove screws securing the bottom frame of the pictogram signs. NOTE: It is not necessary to
remove the entire frame. Remove only enough screws to provide access to the desired pictogram.
4. Loosen or remove screws on either side of the pictogram sign which must be replaced.
5. Loosen, but do not remove, the remaining screws in the bottom frame and pull back gently.
6. Using a flat screwdriver, gently pry the desired pictogram sign to remove it from the frame.
7. Slide the replacement pictogram sign into the frame and hold securely in place. It may be necessary
to bend the pictogram sign slightly to insert.
8. Realign the bottom frame.
9. Tighten and / or replace the screws on either side of the pictogram and then on the bottom frame.
WIPER DRIVE BELT ADJUSTMENT
Weekly, check the wiper drive belt for tension. If the belt is loose or extremely tight, this belt will need to
be adjusted. Failure to check and adjust the belt if required, could result in a broken belt. Refer to
procedures that follow for the wiper drive belt adjustment.
The proper belt tension should be just tight enough so the belt wraps around the drive sprocket and the
teeth engage, but do not slip, on the belt. Normally after 100 hours of operation the belt will stretch and
will need to be checked and tightened (usually one hole). Once the first belt stretch occurs, the belt
should not continue to stretch. The belt should not be so loose as to snap or flex enough to slap the
aluminum structure running along the side of the belt.
Page 70
RYKO SoftGloss XS Service Manual
Work Order # 7485800
PUMP TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
MULTI-STAGE CENTRIFUGAL PUMPS Refer to the correction procedure appropriate for equipment conditions.
Problem: The Pump Does Not Run
Troubleshooting Procedure
Motor is defective - Turn off the power and disconnect the wiring. Measure the lead to
lead resistances with an ohmmeter (RX-1). Measure lead to ground
values with an ohmmeter (RX-100K). Record the measured values.
If an open or grounded winding is found, remove the motor and
repair or replace.
Pump is bound - Turn off the power and manually rotate the pump shaft. If the shaft
does not rotate easily, check the coupling setting and adjust as
necessary. If shaft rotation is still tight, remove the pump and
inspect. Disassemble and repair.
Problem: The Pump Runs At Reduced Capacity Or Does Not Deliver Water.
Troubleshooting Procedure
Wrong rotation - Check wiring for proper connection. Correct wiring.
Strainers, check or foot valves are
clogged -
Remove the strainer, screen ore valve and inspect. Clean and
replace. Reprime pump.
Pump has leaks - Replace seals or gaskets.
Suction and/or discharge piping leaks - Air in the suction pipe. Suction pipe, valves and fittings must be
airtight. Repair any leaks and retighten all loose fittings. Check the
tank for proper water level.
Pump impeller or guide is clogged - Disassemble and inspect pump passageways for debris. Remove
any foreign materials.
Page 71
RYKO SoftGloss XS Service Manual
Work Order # 7485800
Problem: Fuses Blow Or Circuit Breakers Or Overload Relays Trip
Troubleshooting Procedure
Low voltage - Check voltage at the starter panel and motor. If voltage varies more
than +/- 10%, contact the power company. Check the wire sizing.
Motor overloads are set too low - Cycle the pump and measure the amperage. Increase the heater
size or adjust the trip setting to a maximum of the motor nameplate
(full load) current.
Three-phase current is imbalanced - Check the current draw on each lead to the motor (must be within +/-
5%). If not within range, check the motor and wiring. Rotating all
leads may eliminate this problem.
Motor is shorted or grounded - Turn off the power and disconnect the wiring. Measure the lead to
lead resistances with an ohmmeter (RX-1). Measure lead to ground
values with an ohmmeter (RX-100K). Record the measured values.
If an open or grounded winding is found, remove the motor and
repair or replace.
Wiring or connections are faulty - Check for proper wiring and loose terminals. Tighten loose
terminals. Replace damaged wire.
Pump is bound - Turn off the power and manually rotate the pump shaft. If the shaft
does not rotate easily, check the coupling setting and adjust as
necessary. If shaft rotation is still tight, remove the pump and
inspect. Disassemble and repair.
Bad overload - Measure the amp draw versus the setting.
Too much water flow - Check for leaks or wrong nozzles which would cause the pump to
pump more water than the motor can handle.
Page 72
RYKO SoftGloss XS Service Manual
Work Order # 7485800
SINGLE STAGE PUMPS Refer to the correction procedure appropriate for equipment conditions.
Problem: Failure to Pump
Troubleshooting Procedure
Pump not properly primed - Be sure that the pump case and suction line are full of water.
Speed too slow - Check the voltage at the motor terminals and at the meter when the
pump is operating. Check for loose connections.
Motor rotation is wrong - Verify that the pump is wired correctly.
Problem: Reduced Capacity and/or Head
Troubleshooting Procedure
Clogged impeller - Remove and clean.
Air pockets or leaks in suction - Check the line under pressure to find the leak in the line.
Excessively worn impeller - Order replacement impeller.
Motor rotation is wrong - Make sure pump is wired correctly.
Problem: Pump Loses Prime
Troubleshooting Procedure
Air leaks in suction line - Check suction piping. Check line under pressure to locate the leak.
Problem: Motor Will Not Start or Makes Noises
Troubleshooting Procedure
No electric current to motor - Check the power supply and for loose or incorrect connections.
Motor hums but will not start - Turn off power. Check the rotating element to see if it turns freely.
Bent shaft or damaged bearings - Replace with new pump.
Page 73
RYKO SoftGloss XS Service Manual
Work Order # 7485800
REAR BRUSH SHAFT CLUTCH REMOVAL
The procedure below is provided in the event it becomes necessary to remove the clutch from the rear
brush shaft. Follow the numbered steps below.
1. Remove the gear reducer and motor assembly with the top jaw coupling half still attached to the gear
reducer output shaft.
2. Remove the mounting hardware from the rear brush mounting bearings attached to the rear arm
weldment. Then remove the entire rear brush assembly.
3. With the rear brush assembly laying on the floor, remove the bottom jaw coupling half, remove the
retainer collar and the washer.
4. Clean the brush shaft thoroughly. Then remove the top flange bearing. Clean the brush shaft to the
bottom flange bearing. Remove the bottom flange bearing.
5. Remove the bottom FoamBrite brush section. Then push the other sections down until 4 to 6 inches
of the top end of the aluminum pipe is exposed.
6. Remove the socket head screws that attach the aluminum pipe to the clutch flange. Slide the
aluminum pipe downward to expose two inches of the brush shaft below the clutch.
7. Clean the brush shaft. Due to the close tolerance between the brush shaft and the clutch inside
diameter, the brush shaft should be thoroughly clean from the clutch top side to the top end of the
brush shaft to allow all possible clearance for removal of the clutch. Use an emery cloth to remove
any corrosion.
8. Remove the two set screws from the bottom side of the clutch collar. Then remove the external
retaining ring that is attached to the brush shaft (not the retaining ring on the clutch).
9. Slowly move the clutch upward to expose the keystock in the brush shaft keyway. Clamp vise grips
onto the keystock. Pull steadily on the vise grips while pulling the clutch off the brush shaft in the
opposite direction.
REASSEMBLY
Before replacing the clutch, clean the brush shaft with a fine emery cloth. Apply two or three 1 oz.
packets of Anti-Seize And Lubricating Compound (RYKO Part No. 23575-000) to the brush shaft before
reassembly.
Page 74
RYKO SoftGloss XS Service Manual
Work Order # 7485800
WARRANTY INFORMATION
WARRANTY PARTS RETURN
All RYKO machines and accessories are built for longevity and reliability. Engineering designs are
thoroughly tested and only the highest quality parts and components are used in the manufacture of
RYKO equipment. Occasionally, however, a part or component may be defective. If a part on your
machine equipment should fail under the conditions set forth in the RYKO Rollover Limited Warranty, it
should be returned.
If your equipment was installed by a RYKO distributor, return the part freight prepaid to your authorized
distributor. If you are located in the factory-direct sales and service area, return the part prepaid to
RYKO. Be sure to contact the distributor or factory before returning any part to insure correct procedure
is followed to receive a replacement part.
A RYKO Return Material Tag must be completely filled out and attached to each part returned. Several
of these tags are included with this manual, and additional tags are available upon request.
Effective June 1994
Page 75
RYKO SoftGloss XS Service Manual
Work Order # 7485800
SITE INFORMATION LOG
The Site Information Log is intended as a record of changes from the “standard” electrical schematic or
when mechanical changes are made to equipment which significantly modify the performance of the car
wash machine.
DATE = Date of change.
MACHINE AFFECTED = Product Name
CHANGE MADE = How machine operation was changed.
CHANGE REQUESTED BY = Owner, Technician or RYKO Customer Service /
Engineering.
CAR ID# = If CAR submitted.
TECHNICIAN INITIALS = Initials of Technician making change
DATE
MACHINE
AFFECTED
CHANGE MADE
CHANGE
REQUESTED
BY
CAR
ID#
TECHNICIAN
INITIALS
Service Manual For Work Order 7485800 Page SA-1
Service Manual For Work Order 7485800 Page SA-2
Service Manual For Work Order 7485800 Page SA-3
Service Manual For Work Order 7485800 Page SA-4
Service Manual For Work Order 7485800 Page SA-5
Service Manual For Work Order 7485800 Page SA-6
Service Manual For Work Order 7485800 Page SA-7
Service Manual For Work Order 7485800 Page SA-8
Service Manual For Work Order 7485800 Page SA-9
Service Manual For Work Order 7485800 Page SA-10
Service Manual For Work Order 7485800 Page SA-11
Service Manual For Work Order 7485800 Page SA-12
21696-002
Page 1 of 3
Rev. E ECO: 0703-131
Aprv: SGT Date: 8/4/03
SHORT BAY OPERATION GUIDE SOFTGLOSS (8K and 16K Modules), VOYAGER II, PREMIER PLUS
The program requires special hardware that changes the operation of the rear arms. An additional proximity switch and two targets are used to keep the rear arms closed at the rear of the vehicle and to monitor the prox to ensure it is working properly. This occurs at different times during the wash and allows washing longer vehicles in a non-standard (short) bay.
PROFILE PASS During the profile pass (with or without foam bath), the program monitors the short bay prox input. If the short bay prox is detected before the adjustable timers time out, the machine stops and the wash forward cycle starts from that point. This is the location that the machine can safely travel reverse with the rear arms open without hitting the inside obstruction.
SoftGloss with 16K program module: If Tri-Foam detergent option is available and machine is armed for a Tri-Foam application, the machine will stop when the short bay prox is detected, shut off the Tri-Foam outputs and fold in the rear arms. When the rear arm prox inputs are detected, the Tri-Foam outputs will turn on and the machine will continue reverse, with the rear arms folded in, until the adjustable timer times out or the rear endstop is detected. At that point the wash forward cycle starts.
WASH REVERSE CYCLE During the wash reverse cycle, the program monitors the rear arm prox switches. If neither of the proxes is detected and the short bay prox is detected at the rear of the vehicle, the machine will stop and reset the rear arms as a safety measure. This is the location that the machine can safely open the rear arms without hitting the inside obstruction. The program will then continue the wash cycle in the forward direction from this point. If, while washing reverse, one of the rear arm proxes is detected before the short bay prox is detected, the program will continue washing reverse with the rear arms closed. The short bay prox is used at this point to monitor the machine position with the rear arms closed.
Service Manual For Work Order 7485800 Page SA-13
21696-002
Page 2 of 3
Rev. E ECO: 0703-131
REAR ARM RESET CALCULATION
As the machine rinses or dries FORWARD, the rear arms remain closed until the machine drives forward enough to clear the inside obstruction. This distance is calculated based on machine speed while the short bay prox is on and the machine is washing reverse.
RESET DURING RINSE
The machine speed must be the same in both the reverse and forward directions to determine when to open the rear arms. Therefore the TRUNK WASH SPEED is used when the rinse forward cycle first starts. Because the trunk wash speed is adjustable, RINSE OFFSET VALUE determines when the rear arms will open. Once the rear arms open, the speed will change to RINSE SPEED. NOTE: If TRUNK WASH SPEED is changed, it is important to change RINSE OFFSET
VALUE; if TRUNK WASH SPEED is decreased then increase RINSE OFFSET VALUE and vise versa.
SoftGloss with 16K program module: Setup question “ArmsInW/RNS?” has been added to allow the rear arms to fold in during the rinse reverse pass. This will allow the machine to drive further back and cover more area at the rear of vehicles but the wash time will be increased. When the rear arms fold in, the speed changes to the TRUNK WASH SPEED so that the RINSE OFFSET VALUE can be used to determine when the arms will open during the next forward pass.
RESET DURING DRY
The dry cycle has adjustable speeds in both the forward and reverse direction. The machine speed must be the same in both the reverse and forward directions to determine when to open the rear arms, therefore it is important that both are set the same and it is recommended to set them at 3 or less. If they are not equal, the possibility exists that: 1. The arms will open before clearing the inside obstruction or 2. The arms will not open soon enough and hit the rear of the vehicle. Because the dry speed is adjustable, DRY OFFSET VALUE determines when the rear arms will open. Once the arms open, the dry will continue at the same speed. NOTE 1: If Dry Reverse and Dry Forward speeds are changed, it is important to change DRY
OFFSET VALUE; if Dry speeds are decreased then increase DRY OFFSET VALUE and vise versa.
NOTE 2: During the DRY REVERSE CYCLE, the program monitors the short bay prox. When
the prox is detected at the rear of the vehicle, the machine stops and closes the rear arms. If BOTH rear arm proxes are detected within 10 seconds, the dry continues in the reverse direction. If the proxes are not detected within 10 seconds, the rear arms are reset and the machine dries forward from that point.
21696-002
Page 3 of 3
Rev. E ECO: 0703-131
MACHINE SAFETY
Another feature with this program is that BOTH the short bay prox and the front end stop prox
MUST be detected before the machine can be armed. If a 2 digit code 33 is displayed, it means that one of these proxes is not being detected and therefore the machine is not at the home position. The short bay prox is also monitored during the wash to ensure that it is working correctly. This is accomplished by the offset of the front end stop prox target and the added target for the short
bay prox. As the machine drives in the reverse direction, the short bay prox MUST go off before the front end stop prox. If the short bay prox is on at the front of the vehicle when the front end
stop prox goes off, the machine will shut down. The program detects this as a prox always on condition. 2 digit code 14 will be displayed to help diagnose this problem. NOTE: Refer to SETUP AND ADJUSTABLE TIMER INSTRUCTIONS for SETUP and TIMER
information used with these programs.
Service Manual For Work Order 7485800 Page SA-16
Service Manual For Work Order 7485800 Page SA-17
Service Manual For Work Order 7485800 Page SA-18
Service Manual For Work Order 7485800 Page SA-19
Service Manual For Work Order 7485800 Page SA-20
Service Manual For Work Order 7485800 Page SA-21
Service Manual For Work Order 7485800 Page SA-22
Service Manual For Work Order 7485800 Page SA-23
Service Manual For Work Order 7485800 Page SA-24
22518-001
Rev. U ECO: 0305-146
Page 1 of 13
Aprv: SGT Date:4/14/05
FoamBrite
Brush Instructions For Rollovers Notes: 1) It may be necessary to spray a minimal amount of lubricant on the aluminum tubes to assist in sliding
the brush-sections on. 2) As received from the manufacturer, the FoamBrite brush-sections (Ryko P/N 21815-XXX) have all of
the FoamBrite material wrapped in plastic film on one side of the brush-section. When the plastic film is removed, the FoamBrite material has a slight “memory” and tends to maintain it’s packaged shape, leaving a type of “flat-spot” on the brush. If, when assembled, all of the flat-spots line-up on the tube, the arm will be imbalanced. To prevent this, when assembling the individual FoamBrite sections onto the aluminum tubes, rotate the angular position of the FoamBrite tails as shown in the Brush-Section View. Assemble any non-pair brush-sections (due to odd number of brushes) closest to the gearbox (See Brush-Section View).
Top Arm Brush Assembly 1) On the 66-3/4” aluminum tube, assemble the brushes as follows:
A) When assembled, the four outside brush-sections on both ends of the top brush must not have any surface “void” (imperfection in the white plastic material) wider than 1/4” and longer than 1/2” (See Top Washer View).
B) Arrange the brush-sections on the aluminum tube so that the folded edge of the brush material points in the direction of the arrows (See Top Washer View).
C) On the side with the six (6) brush-sections that point in the same direction, extend the first brush segment beyond the end of the aluminum tube (See Detail D).
D) Ensure that all eleven (11) brush sections are compressed together with no material caught between them.
2) Select an appropriate location on the end brush-section to drill two (2) holes 180
o opposite of each
other. An appropriate location would: A) Be no less than 1-3/4”(45mm) in from the outside edge of the flange shaft, on each end. B) Allow the 1/4”(7mm) washer to rest flat on the outside of the brush-section without interfering
with the brush material and be in a non-recessed area. C) Not allow the 1/4”(7mm) nylon nut on the inside of the tube to interfere with any of the four
aluminum bosses (See Detail A). D) Not interfere with any of the four keystocks on the aluminum tube (See Detail A).
3) Once a spot is located, drill a .3906”(10mm) diameter hole as marked through the brush-section and
aluminum tube (See Detail A). Drill the second hole as opposite as possible (180o45
o) from the first
hole in an appropriate location (See A-D above). 4) Slide the 1/4”(7mm) washer and 3/8” (10mm) OD aluminum sleeve onto the 1/4(7mm)-20x2(50mm)
screws (See Detail A). 5) Insert the screw assemblies into the 3/8”(10mm) holes and secure from the inside with 1/4”(7mm)
washers and 1/4"(7mm) nylon nuts.
Top Arm Counterweight Adjustment Follow the steps below to weigh and adjust the top washer with dry FoamBrite brushes only. 1) Verify that the top arm is completely assembled (brushes, motor, reducer, cover, etc.). 2) Remove the air from the top brush pneumatic cylinder. On the pneumatic manifold:
Service Manual For Work Order 7485800 Page SA-25
22518-001
Rev. U ECO: 0305-146
Page 2 of 13
A) Turn the inlet air valve to the OFF position. B) Turn the exhaust port valve to the OPEN position to release air from the entire pneumatic
system. C) Turn flow control on exhaust port of top arm pneumatic cylinder fully open.
3) With the top brush lowered, fasten a scale to the middle of the top shaft. 4) SLOWLY and STEADILY raise the top brush by the scale to a horizontal position. 5) While the top brush is in the horizontal position, take the weight measurement. IMPORTANT: For top
arms with the UHMW bearings, do not allow the tension in the scale to go slack, even slightly. Tension should not be eased on the scale when reaching the horizontal position for taking measurement. This prevents the weight from being “held up” by friction between the top arm bearing races and the UHMW bearings.
6) Repeat steps 4 and 5 except take the measurement while lowering the top brush through the
horizontal position.
7) Take the average of the “raising” and “lowering” weights (Weight Up + Weight Down)/2. This method eliminates any friction the UHMW adds to or subtracts from the actual weight (Weight+Friction + Weight-Friction)/2=Weight.
8) For top arms with 25:1 (69 RPM @ 60 Hz) or 20:1 (71 RPM @ 50 Hz) reducers, measure and, if necessary, adjust the weight of the top brush to 15 (6,8 kg) to 18 (8,2 kg) pounds and verify that this weight obtains a crush of 6 inches to 10 inches (15,2 cm to 25,4 cm) by washing at least 20 various vehicles. Top arm drop can be adjusted by the top brush flow control valve on the pneumatic manifold. With top FOAMBRITE brushes dry, fully open the top brush flow control valve on the pneumatic manifold. Using the handheld, force the top brush spinning and the top brush drop, doing this several times, while adjusting top brush flow control valve inward until the top brush, while spinning, drops in 25 seconds +/- 5 seconds. (Note: If top FOAMBRITE brushes are wet, use handheld and force top brush to spin for 10 minutes to dry).
9) For top arms with 12.5:1 (113 RPM @ 50 Hz) reducers, measure and, if necessary, adjust the weight of the top brush to 19 (8,6 kg) to 24 (10,9 kg) pounds and verify that this weight obtains a crush of 3 inches to 7 inches (7,6 cm to 17,8 cm) by washing at least 20 various vehicles. Top arm drop can be adjusted by the top brush flow control valve on the pneumatic manifold. With top FOAMBRITE brushes dry, fully open the top brush flow control valve on the pneumatic manifold. Using the handheld, force the top brush spinning and the top brush drop, doing this several times, while adjusting top brush flow control valve inward until the top brush, while spinning, drops in 25 seconds +/- 5 seconds. (Note: If top FOAMBRITE brushes are wet, use handheld and force top brush to spin for 10 minutes to dry).
10) With top arm counterweight and top arm drop adjusted as stated above, the flow control on the
exhaust port of top arm pneumatic cylinder needs to be adjusted inward until top arm rises without slamming against the top arm return bumper stops.
The amount of crush should be the ultimate determining factor in setting the counterweight. Note: Crush measurements refer to the length of brush material that is bent and folded-over when making contact with the vehicle surface.
22518-001
Rev. U ECO: 0305-146
Page 3 of 13
Front Arms, and Rear Arms without Clutches Brush Assembly 1) Slide the first brush-section onto the aluminum tube and position the top of it as follows:
A) With arm assemblies that contain steel flange shafts, position the brush even with the TOP of the steel flange shaft (See Front Washer w/Flange Shaft View and Detail C.)
B) With front arm assemblies that have gearboxes that come with the flange attached to the output-shaft (flanged gearbox), position the brush even with the BOTTOM of the output-shaft flange (See Front Washer w/Flanged Gearbox View, Normal Option, and Detail E).
C) For locations with Tall Front Arm assemblies that have bottom brush section higher from the floor than normal due to extreme bay slope or track spaced higher than normal, an option is available: see Tall Front Washer with Flange Gearbox View, Modified for Field Locations and DETAIL F.
NOTE: When lowering brushes (3” (76MM) maximum) be sure to allow for any bay obstruction such as tracks and guide rails. To keep tall front arms operation as normal as possible after lowering the brushes. The brush drop distance should be the same for both the right and left arm.
2) Slide the remaining brush-sections onto the tube, making sure that the top brush-section remains in
position (See Detail C and Detail E). 3) Select an appropriate location on the bottom brush-section of both front and rear washers to drill two
(2) 180o opposite each other. An appropriate location would:
A) Be within 2”(50mm) of the bottom of the bottom brush-section. Allow the 1/4”(7mm) washer to rest flat on the outside of the brush-section without interfering with
the brush material and be in a non-recessed area. B) Not allow the 1/4”(7mm) nylon nut on the inside of the aluminum tube to interfere with any of
the four aluminum bosses (See Detail A). C) Not interfere with any of the four keystocks on the aluminum tube (See Detail A).
4) Once a spot is located, drill a .3906”(10mm) diameter hole as marked through the brush-section and
aluminum tube (See Detail A). Drill the second hole as opposite as possible (180o45
o) from the first
hole in an appropriate location (See A-C above). 5) Slide the 1/4”(7mm) washer and 3/8”(10mm) OD aluminum sleeve onto the 1/4(7mm)-20x2(50mm)
screws (See Detail A). 6) Insert the screw assemblies into the 3/8”(10mm) holes and secure from the inside with 1/4”(7mm)
washers and 1/4"(7mm) nylon nuts.
Rear Arms with Clutches and Plastic Rings Brush Assembly The rear arms are divided into a separately rotating top and bottom section. The bottom end of top section and the top end of the bottom section are held apart to clear the plastic rings that separate the top and bottom section. The top end of the top section is held in place to clear the clutch from the top section. This is done by using six (6) 1/4(7mm)-20x2(50mm) screws, 1/4"(7mm) washers, 3/8”(10mm) OD aluminum sleeves, and 1/4(7mm)-20 rivet nuts. The bottom section at the bottom end is held on the same as the front arm. Make sure the folded edge of the brush material points toward the top (See Rear Washer With Clutch View).
22518-001
Rev. U ECO: 0305-146
Page 4 of 13
The suggested assembly process is:
1) Before installing any brushes, the first top brush section must have one .3906”(10mm) hole drilled 1” +0 –1/8” (25mm +0 –3mm) from the top side of the brush section core between any two molded square keyways in the brush section cores (be sure the folded edge of the brush material points
toward the top). Install one 3/8” (10mm) outside diameter aluminum sleeve into the .3906”(10mm) hole, (do not push aluminum sleeve to far into the inside diameter of the brush section core as to interfere with sliding onto aluminum tube), See Detail G. With aluminum sleeve installed slide the first brush section onto the aluminum tube and position it near the bottom of the clutch. Make sure the folded edge of the brush material points toward the top (see rear washer with clutch view and Detail G). With this first brush section in place per detail G add two (2) holes 180
o opposite of each other.
An appropriate location would:
A) Be down 3 1/8”1/4”[80mm6mm] from the top side of the first brush section (see Detail G). B) Allow the 1/4”(7mm) washer to rest flat on the outside of the brush-section without interfering
with the brush material and be in a non-recessed area. C) Not allow the 1/4(7mm)-20 rivet nut attached to the aluminum tube to interfere with any of the
four aluminum bosses (See Detail B). D) Not interfere with any of the four keystocks on the aluminum tube (See Detail B).
2) Once a spot is located, drill a 0.3906” (10mm)+.006/-0(+0.1524/-0) hole through the brush-section
and aluminum tube (See Detail B). Drill the second hole as opposite as possible (180o45
o) from the
first hole in an appropriate location (See A-D above). 3) Slide the first brush-section down out of the way and insert the rivet nuts into the drilled holes (use a
hand tool only for the rivet nut insertion).
4) For machines with brushes and cores that are direct-shipped or for the Premier Plus FoamBrite w/Clutches Retrokit:
5) Slide five more brush-sections on the aluminum tube, making sure the folded edges of the brush
material point up and that the space between the clutch and top brush-section is maintained. (See Rear Washer With Clutch View).
6) Attach the 30 7/8”(784mm) bottom aluminum section to the rear arm steel flange using the existing
hardware and retaining compound (Loctite 680 or equivalent). 7) Select an appropriate location on the sixth brush-section (from the top) to drill two (2) holes 180
o
opposite of each other. An appropriate location would: A) Be down no more than 33”(840mm) from the bottom of the clutch (not the flange part of the clutch). B) Allow the 1/4”(7mm) washer to rest flat on the outside of the brush-section without interfering
with the brush material and be in a non-recessed area. C) Not allow the 1/4(7mm)-20 rivet nut attached to the aluminum tube to interfere with any of the
four aluminum bosses (See Detail B). D) Not interfere with any of the four keystocks on the aluminum tube (See Detail B).
8) Once a spot is located, drill a 0.3906”(10mm)+.006/-.000(+0,1524/-0) hole through the brush-section
and aluminum tube (See Detail B). Drill the second hole as opposite as possible (180o45
o) from the
first hole in an appropriate location (See A-D above).
22518-001
Rev. U ECO: 0305-146
Page 5 of 13
9) Slide the sixth brush-section down out of the way and insert the rivet nuts into the drilled holes (use a hand tool only for the rivet nut insertion).
10) Slide the sixth brush-section back into position and insert the 1/4(7mm)-20x2(50mm) screws, using the 1/4”(7mm) washers and 3/8”(10mm) OD aluminum sleeves (See Detail B).
11) Place the plastic ring on top of the 24x48” seventh brush section and slide the section onto the rear arm. Adjust the distance between the ring and brushes so that they cannot become dislodged from between the two brush sections (gap to large) and so the ring does not engage the top and bottom brush sections (gap to small). This gap should be between 1/8” and 3/16”. (See Rear Washer With Clutch View).
12) Select an appropriate location on the seventh brush-section (from the top) to drill two (2) holes 180o
opposite of each other. An appropriate location would:
A) Be down 3 1/8” 1/4” (80mm6mm) from the top side of the seventh brush section.. B) Allow the 1/4”(7mm) washer to rest flat on the outside of the brush-section without interfering
with the brush material and be in a non-recessed area. C) Not allow the 1/4(7mm)-20 rivet nut attached to the aluminum tube to interfere with any of the
four aluminum bosses (See Detail B). D) Not interfere with any of the four keystocks on the aluminum tube (See Detail B).
13) Before adding the two (2) holes 180 opposite of each other to the seventh brush section the gap between brush section six and brush section seven as mentioned in step 13 MUST be maintained. Once a spot is located, drill a 0.3906”(10mm) +.006”1-.000(+0.1524/-0) hole through the brush-
section and aluminum tube (See Detail B). Drill the second hole as opposite as possible (18045) from the first hole in an appropriate location (See A-D above).
14) Slide the seventh brush-section down out of the way and insert the rivet nuts into the drilled holes
(use a hand tool only for the rivet nut insertion). 15) Slide the seventh brush-section back into position and insert the 1/4(7mm)-20x2(50mm) screws,
using the 1/4”(7mm) washers and 3/8”(10mm) OD aluminum sleeves (See Detail B). 16) Slide the remaining brush-sections on.
17) Select an appropriate location on the bottom brush-section to drill two (2) holes 180
o opposite of each
other. An appropriate location would: A) Be within 3”(76mm) of the bottom of the bottom brush-section. B) Allow the 1/4”(7mm) washer to rest flat on the outside of the brush-section without interfering
with the brush material and be in a non-recessed area. C) Not allow the 1/4”(7mm) nylon nut attached on the inside of the aluminum tube to interfere
with any of the four aluminum bosses (See Detail A). D) Not interfere with any of the four keystocks on the aluminum tube (See Detail A).
18) Once a spot is located, drill a 0.3906”(10mm)+.006”/-.000”(+0.1524/-1) hole through the brush-section
and aluminum tube (See Detail A). Drill the second hole as opposite as possible (180o45
o) from the
first hole in an appropriate location (See A-D above).
19) Slide the 1/4”(7mm) washer and 3/8”(10mm) OD aluminum sleeve onto the 1/4(7mm)-20x2(50mm) screws (See Detail A).
22518-001
Rev. U ECO: 0305-146
Page 6 of 13
20) Insert the screw assemblies into the 3/8”(10mm) holes and secure from the inside with 1/4”(7mm) washers and 1/4"(7mm) nylon nuts.
Service Manual For Work Order 7485800 Page SA-31
Service Manual For Work Order 7485800 Page SA-32
Service Manual For Work Order 7485800 Page SA-33
Service Manual For Work Order 7485800 Page SA-34
Service Manual For Work Order 7485800 Page SA-35
Service Manual For Work Order 7485800 Page SA-36
Service Manual For Work Order 7485800 Page SA-37
INSTR/ARM PROX SW ADJUSTMENT
23962-000
PAGE 1 OF 1
Rev. - ECO 0300-085
Aprv: GDL Date: 3/14/00
INSTRUCTIONS/ARM PROXIMITY SWITCH ADJUSTMENT
1. MUST FIRST ADJUST FRONT AND REAR BRUSH ARM PROXIMITY SWITCHES SO SWITCH
FACE WILL BE 5/32”+1/32,-1/16 FROM THE ARM TUBE SURFACE
2. THE FRONT AND REAR BRUSH ARM PROXIMITY SWITCHES MUST BE ADJUSTED TO THE
DIMENSIONS SHOWN ON THIS DRAWING. THESE DIMENSIONS ARE THE DISTANCE AT
WHICH THE PROXIMITY SWITCH GOES BACK OFF, AS THE ARMS ARE MOVED IN. THIS
NEEDS TO BE CHECKED AND ADJUSTED AS NEEDED.
Service Manual For Work Order 7485800 Page SA-38
CMD SIGN 24400-000
Page 1 of 51
REV. I ECO 0806-037
APRV: GDL DATE: 8/14/06
CUSTOM MESSAGE DISPLAY SIGNS
These programmable message signs are valuable instruction, information and sales tools. Programming the signs
allows the operator to create unique and eye-catching displays to instruct or inform customers. Freestanding floor
and wall mount signs are available. The Select-A-Wash can have onboard Fascia Sign, Arm Signs as well as the
freestanding sign.
All Machines
FREESTANDING INSTRUCTION SIGN (16 Characters in 2 lines) Default message sets include English, Dutch, French, French-Canadian, Spanish, Portuguese (generic machine), Select-A-Wash (English), VT-2000 Tunnel (English, Dutch, French, Spanish), US2001 Overhead or Liberty (English, Dutch, French, Spanish, German, Italian), Soft Gloss XS Squared (English). The freestanding CMD Instruction Sign is an optional unit mounted either on the wall or on a pedestal and installed
in the bay separate from the machine. This display provides a 16-character message screen in a 2-lined format.
Eight characters are displayed on each line.
Premier XL and Voyager APC
FASCIA SIGN (12 Characters displayed on 1 line) Default message sets include English, Dutch, French, French-Canadian (generic machine). The optional fascia CMD sign is installed on the gantry and provides an overhead LED screen for messages. This
feature is especially effective with customers waiting in line for a wash. While giving instructions, it may also be
used to explain each wash function as it occurs during the wash that the customer sees while they wait. This display
presents the message in a 12 character, 1 line format.
Select-A-Wash Only
FASCIA SIGN (16 Characters displayed on 1 line) Default message set is Select-A-Wash (English). The optional fascia CMD sign is installed on the gantry and provides an overhead LED screen for messages. This
feature is especially effective with customers waiting in line for a wash. While giving instructions, it may also be
used to explain each wash function as it occurs during the wash that the customer sees while they wait. This display
presents the message in a 16 character, 1 line format.
Select-A-Wash Only
ARM LED INSTRUCTION SIGNS (8 Characters displayed on 1 line) Default message set is Select-A-Wash (English). French and Spanish are also available. The Arm LED Instruction Signs are installed on the front arms of the Select-A-Wash and provide the customer an
LED screen for messages. While giving instructions, it also explains each wash function as it occurs during the wash
that the customer getting the wash can view. This display presents the message in an 8 character, 1 line format.
Note: Changing the message set will delete all custom messages. After changing the message set only default messages for
the current set will be displayed. After the new message set is loaded specific message(s) can be changed if needed.
The sign memory is battery backed up to save the current message set when power is switched off. The battery has
an expected life of 5 years.
Service Manual For Work Order 7485800 Page SA-39
CMD SIGN 24400-000
Page 2 of 51
REV. I ECO 0806-037
CUSTOM MESSAGE DISPLAY SIGN MAINTENANCE
The Custom Message Display (CMD) may be cleaned using soap and water followed with a water rinse. The CMD
sign is supplied with 3 sheets of static cling covers that are attached to the display window. It is not necessary to
remove the static cling covers during cleaning. The static cling covers protect the acrylic window from water stains.
In the event the top static cling cover becomes difficult to clean or the surface begins to peel off, remove the top
cover sheet. Start by pulling up a corner. Make sure that the top sheet is the only sheet you start to remove. Slowly
pull off the sheet and discard. If the last sheet is removed, a new static cling sheet can be applied. Make sure the
acrylic window of the sign is clean before applying a new static cling sheet.
Clear Static Cling Cover Part Numbers:
22639-000 2 Lines by 8 Characters
22639-001 1 Line by 8 Characters (use 2 for 1 Line by 16 characters)
22639-002 1 Line by 12 Characters
To apply a new static cling sheet:
1. Mix two tablespoons of RYKO High Foam Detergent with one gallon of water.
2. Apply a generous amount of the above solution to the display window.
3. Remove static cling sheet from paper backing and center on the display window.
4. Use a squeegee (short plastic straight edge or equivalent) to remove the excess solution and air bubbles.
CMD SIGN 24400-000
Page 3 of 51
REV. I ECO 0806-037
CUSTOM MESSAGE DISPLAY PROGRAMMING
The Custom Message Display Instruction Sign provides visual instructions to the customer using the vehicle wash.
Each message may contain one or more screens of information depending on the message length. The following
procedures describe how to program a CMD sign.
PREPARATION FOR PROGRAMMING FREESTANDING MESSAGE DISPLAY
Item 1: A Code-A-Wash III/IV Programming Keyboard is required for programming.
Note: “T” shaped Programming Keyboard part number 15590-001 will not work with CMD signs.
Item 2: Remove the small cover on the left hand underside of the CMD sign to reveal the connector plug in receptacle.
Insert the programming console connector. (Go to Item 3 to continue).
PREPARATION FOR PROGRAMMING FASCIA/ARM DISPLAY
Item 2: Open the right side electrical cabinet to reveal the connector plug receptacle for the fascia display in the upper left
hand corner. Insert the programming keyboard connector into the plug receptacle. (Go to Item 3 to continue).
PROGRAMMING (BASIC INSTRUCTIONS)
Item 3: Press the ENTER key on the programming console.
Item 4: When the ENTER key is pressed, the message "MSG# ?" should appear on the screen. A flashing cursor will also
appear.
Item 5: Enter the letter for one of the functions (X, L, C, R, S or T) described below.
X – displays the program chip part number then returns the sign to normal operation. No additional characters
need to be entered with the X function. Press the Enter key to start the option.
b) L# - loads a message set into the sign. The English default message set is loaded at the factory. The letter L
must be followed by a number (0-16) to select the message set to load. Note: Omitting the message set
number causes the English default set (0) to load.
0 - English default message set 10 - VT 2000 Tunnel default (French)
1 - Dutch default message set 11 - VT 2000 Tunnel default (French-Canadian)
2 - French default message set 12 - VT 2000 Tunnel default (Spanish)
3 - French-Canadian default message set 13 - US2001-OHD or Liberty default (Dutch)
4 - Spanish default message set 14 - US2001-OHD or Liberty default (French)
5 - Portuguese default message set 15 - US2001-OHD or Liberty default (French-Canadian)
6 - Select-A-Wash default (English) 16 - US2001-OHD or Liberty default (Spanish)
7 - VT 2000 Tunnel default (English) 17 - US2001-OHD or Liberty default (German) 8 – Radius, US2001-OHD, or Liberty default (English) 18 - US2001-OHD or Liberty default (Italian)
9 - VT 2000 Tunnel default (Dutch) 19 - Soft Gloss XS Squared (English)
Press the Enter key to start the option.
c) C## - allows a specific message to be changed. The letter C must be followed by the 2-digit message number
(00-31) that will be edited. A correct entry would be C00 or C05 or C14, etc. When the entry is correct the
beginning of the requested message is displayed when the Enter key is pressed. The message is ready for
editing. An incorrect selection returns the display to the "MSG #?" message. See Message Entry for
message entry instructions and tips.
Press the Enter key to start the option.
To save the message and return to the MSG# ? prompt make sure you are in the normal edit mode then press the
Enter key.
d) R## - will run the message as it would be seen in normal operation. The letter R must be followed by a 2-
digit message number (e.g., R00, R05, R14, etc.).
Press the Enter key to start the option.
Press the Enter key to stop running the message and return to the MSG# ? prompt.
CMD SIGN 24400-000
Page 4 of 51
REV. I ECO 0806-037
e) S - Performs a burn-in test of the LED panel. A block of LEDs are illuminated (on both lines). The block
will scroll to the right. When the block moves off the sign the block will start over on the left side of the sign.
Use this to test LEDs that may fail when a small percentage of LEDs are on. Press ENTER to return the
display to the "MSG#?" prompt.
Press the Enter key to start the option.
Press the Enter key to stop the test and return to the MSG# ? prompt.
f) T - Performs a test of the LED panel. All the LEDs are illuminated. Use this to test for bad LEDs. Press
ENTER to return the display to the "MSG#?" prompt.
Press the Enter key to start the option.
Press the Enter key to stop the test and return to the MSG# ? prompt.
EDIT MODES When editing messages the upper left character on the sign is reserved as an edit mode indicator. After entering the C## to
change a specific message the (upper) left character is blank.
Normal Mode:
Default mode when entering the change message function. The (upper) left character will display a blank to indicate the Normal
mode. In this mode the blue letters and numbers on the Programming Keyboard are active.
Press the Enter key to save and exit.
Shift Mode:
Press the Shift key to enter the Shift edit mode. The (upper) left character will display an up arrow () to indicate the Shift
mode. In this mode the Control Characters can be entered. To delete the character the cursor is on press the Space key.
Press the Shift key to exit the Shift edit mode and return to the Normal edit mode.
Special Mode:
Press the Special key to enter the Special edit mode. The (upper) left character will display an asterisk (*) to indicate the Special
mode. In this mode the scroll keys are active to move right or left through the message. To scroll right press the Z key. To
scroll left press the V key. To toggle between insert and type over mode press the Y key.
Press the Special key to exit the Special edit mode and return to the Normal edit mode.
CONTROL CHARACTERS Control characters provide functions that assist in programming or are required to determine how the message is displayed during
operation. These characters are entered on the Code-A-Wash III/IV Programming Keyboard by pressing the Shift key before
entering the desired character. The S control character must begin every message and the X control character must end every
message. All default messages will start with an S, even the blank message. Other control characters provide instructions for the
display movement, character size and more. In order to program the message, it is necessary to understand the various control
characters and their functions.
Note: Control characters are not included in the total number of characters displayed.
CMD SIGN 24400-000
Page 5 of 51
REV. I ECO 0806-037
Control Character Chart
SHIFT
MODE
?
RESULT SHIFT
MODE
?
RESULT
B Preceding text displays as if it were being
stacked piece by piece onto the screen.
P Pauses the display. P must be followed by a 2-digit time
factor (time is in 1/10 second increments). A pause
command (P) is required between screens so that text is
visible long enough to be read. If no pause is entered,
the next portion of text is displayed immediately.
C The screen clears. Can be used to clear the
display before new text is displayed.
R Characters between R's display in reverse screen format
(all lit background with a dark character).
D The screen full before the D scrolls down
onto the screen.
S S must be the first character entered at the start of any
message or the message will not run. Note: If a message
is stored without a start character, the message is
replaced with the default factory message when the
display power is first turned on, or after exiting the
function screen.
E The text following is displayed in an
expanded format. The display stays in this
mode until another E is processed in the
message or until the end of the message is
reached.
T The following text is displayed as though it is being
typed. The display stays in this mode until another T is
processed in the message or until the end of the message
is reached.
G The previous screen glitters off. U The screen before the U scrolls up onto the display.
H A half-space is inserted into the message.
Typically used to center text on the display
that have an odd number of characters.
V Text preceding the V commands displays as though a set
of blinds are opening to reveal the message.
J The displayed text is scrolled off the screen
to the right. The display will be blank when
the scrolling is complete.
W All characters between W's are displayed doublewide.
Note that only eight (8) characters can be displayed on
the screen in this mode on the 16 character sign and only
4 characters on the 8 character arm signs.
K Causes a “curtain” effect. A “curtain” of
LEDs will cover the previous displayed
screen, and then the “curtain” opens to
display the new message text preceding the
K command. The K command must be
followed by a 2-digit time factor that
controls the amount of time the “curtain” is
closed. The time is in 1/10 second
increments (e.g., 01 = 1/10 second).
X This is the last character entered for a message. When
entered, the X informs the program that the message is
complete.
M or
Special
Enter
Text displayed on the screen scrolls off to
the left. The display will be blank when the
scrolling is complete.
Space Deletes space or character and moves remaining
characters to the left.
N This controls the count down timer. The
character is followed by one of 2
commands. To set the timer to count down
for 20 seconds the command is “S20”. The
second command will pause and update the
timer count. To display the current timer
value for 1 second the command is “D10”.
CMD SIGN 24400-000
Page 6 of 51
REV. I ECO 0806-037
SPECIAL CHARACTERS To enter spaces or special characters (i.e. dollar signs, periods, commas, blank space, etc.) in a message, the
SPECIAL key is required. The (upper) left character will display an asterisk (*) when in the Special edit mode.
Unlike the SHIFT key, the SPECIAL key remains "on" until another edit mode key is pressed again.
SPECIAL
KEY
WHAT APPEARS ON SCREEN SPECIAL
KEY
WHAT APPEARS ON SCREEN
0 l Bottom 1/2 Vertical Line I ( (Left Parenthesis Sign)
1 \ Bottom 1/2 Back Slash J ) (Right Parenthesis Sign)
2 / Bottom 1/2 Slash K " (Double Quotation Marks
3 < Greater Than Sign L + (Plus Sign)
4 > Less Than Sign M = (Equals Sign)
5 ¦ (Checkerboard Pattern) N - (Negative Sign)
6 ` Top 1/2 Back Slash O / (Per or Division Sign)
7 ' Top 1/2 Vertical Line P ? (Question Mark)
8 I Full Vertical Line Q ' (Single Quote Mark)
9 \ Full Back Slash R : (Colon)
Space Key Reverses the screen space (All Lit) S ; (Semi-colon)
A Checkerboard Pattern T , (Comma)
B ! (Exclamation Point) U . (Period)
C @ (At Sign) **V Move Cursor to Left
D # (Number/Pound Sign W Left Half of Vehicle
E $ (Dollar Sign) X Right Half of Vehicle
F % (Percentage Sign) ***Y Toggle Insert Mode
G & (And Sign) **Z Cursor to Right
H * (Asterisk Sign)
** - Hold either of these keys (V or Z) down to move the cursor quickly through the message when editing.
*** - Toggle On - Character is reversed as displayed as characters are inserted. Toggle Off - Back to Flashing Cursor.
MESSAGE ENTRY Use the information below when reprogramming a messages.
ACTION RESULT
1. First press ENTER on the programming
console.
"MSG# ?" appears on the screen.
2. Enter the C function key followed by a 2-digit
message number (e.g., C05, C10, etc.) and press
ENTER again.
SWSTOPSTOPP02
A flashing cursor also appears positioned over
the first letter in the message currently
programmed.
3. Enter the new message (See Instruction Sign
Messages). Begin the message with the control
character S (shift, then S). Continue using the
normal, shift and special characters discussed
earlier. When finished, press the control
character X (shift, then X) as the last entry in a
message. This indicates the message is
complete.
The message is stored when in the Normal edit
mode and the Enter key is pressed. "MSG# ?"
appears on the screen again.
CMD SIGN 24400-000
Page 7 of 51
REV. I ECO 0806-037
4. Press the R function key followed by the 2 digit
message number pertaining to the newly
programmed message (e.g., R05, R10, etc.).
The message is displayed as it would in regular
operation. This is a way to test the message to
see if the message is correct.
5. If the message is running properly, press the
Enter key.
NOTE: If message contains errors, return to
step 1 and begin again.
"MSG# ?" should appear on the screen again.
6. Press X and press the Enter key The program returns to the normal operation.
SAMPLE MESSAGE Below are the steps and keystrokes required to input a sample message on a 2 line 16 character instruction sign. No
special keystrokes are required to change lines. When the first line is full (contains 8 characters or spaces), any
additional characters or spaces will appear on the second line.
1. Connect a programming console to the sign.
2. Press the “Enter” key on the programming keyboard.
3. Press “C”, “1”,”5” then press “Enter”. This starts the editing of message #15. This is a blank message used to
clear the screen.
4. Enter the keystrokes as shown below.
Note: The “Shift - S” (S) is already entered and may be skipped.
P R E S S S
h
i
f
t
P 1 5
The screen should look like this: “SPRESSP15”
S T A R T S
p
a
c
e
S
p
a
c
e
S
p
a
c
e
B U T T O N S
h
i
f
t
P 1 5 S
h
i
f
t
X
The entire message should look like this: “SPRESSP15START BUTTONP15X”
5. Make sure the keyboard is in normal edit mode (upper) left character is blank and press the Enter key after the
message entry is complete.
6. Test the message. Press “R15”, and then press Enter.
This example message will display the word “PRESS” for 1.5 seconds then display the words “START BUTTON”
for another 1.5 seconds. The message will play continuously alternating the two messages.
CORRECTING MESSAGE ENTRY ERRORS If a mistake is made and a clear, recognizable message does not appear on the display, the standard message that is
stored in the machine may be reloaded.
CMD SIGN 24400-000
Page 8 of 51
REV. I ECO 0806-037
RELOADING A SINGLE STANDARD DISPLAY MESSAGE
1. Use the C function to select the message to edit. Using the example above press “C15” at the MSG ?
prompt.
2. Move the cursor back over the Shift - S (S) character.
3. Insert some other character over the S control character. Make sure the keyboard is in the normal edit mode
and press Enter.
4. Press X and Enter to exit the "MSG#?" prompt.
5. Any loaded messages that do not start with an S are considered invalid and the default message will be
restored to those messages.
There are two functions available to assist when editing a message. The editor by default is in Type Over mode.
This is indicated by a flashing cursor. When in Type Over mode the character the cursor is on will be changed to the
new character if one is entered from the keyboard. Insert mode is indicated by a solid cursor. Insert mode can be
used to insert characters in the middle of a message and moving the current character and all characters to the right.
The mode can be toggled by pressing the "Y" key when in the Special edit mode.
Characters can also be deleted from a message by pressing the Shift key then the Space key. Pressing the Shift and
Space causes the character the cursor is on to be deleted. The characters to the right of the cursor are shifted to the
left.
CMD DEFAULT MESSAGE SETS
Custom Message Displays 16 Character 2 Line Sign
Default Messages
Msg # Message Screen English Dutch French French- Spanish
Control Number Default Default Default Canadian
Bits Default 16 ' L 0 L 1 L 2 L 3 L 4
8 4 2 1
00 0 1 1 1 1 Screen 1 WASH NOT MAAK UW LE LE LAVADO
READY KEUZE LAVAGE LAVAGE
Screen 2 DEPOSIT WERP N'EST N'EST NO ESTA
CORRECT JUISTE PAS PRET PAS PRET LISTO
Screen 3 DEPOSIT BEDRAG COMPOSEZ COMPOSEZ DEPOSITE
AMOUNT IN
Screen 4 VOTRE VOTRE CANTIDAD
CODE CODE EXACTA
Screen 5 DE
MONEDAS
CMD SIGN 24400-000
Page 9 of 51
REV. I ECO 0806-037
Custom Message Displays 16 Character 2 Line Sign
Default Messages
Msg # Message Screen English Dutch French French- Spanish
Control Number Default Default Default Canadian
Bits Default 16 ' L 0 L 1 L 2 L 3 L 4
8 4 2 1
01 0 1 1 1 0 Screen 1 SUPER SUPER SUPER SUPER SUPER
POLISH POLISH POLISH POLISH ENCERADO
Screen 2
POLISH POLISH POLISH POLISH ENCERADO
02 0 1 1 0 1 Screen 1 N E X T VOLGENDE PROCHAIN PROCHAIN PROXIMO
CUSTOMER KLANT CLIENT CLIENT CLIENTE
Screen 2
03 0 1 1 0 0 Screen 1 W A S H WASBEURT LAVAGE LAVAGE LAVADO
COMPLETE KLAAR TERMINE TERMINE
Screen 2 PLEASE VERTREK VOUS VOUS TERMIN-
E X I T A.U.B. POUVEZ POUVEZ ADO
Screen 3 THANK D A N K SORTIR SORTIR POR
YOU U FAVOR
Screen 4 FOR YOUR VOOR UW MERCI MERCI SIGUE
BUSINESS BEZOEK ADELANTE
Screen 5 DE VOTRE DE VOTRE GRACIAS
VENUE VENUE
Screen 6 PARA SU
LEALTAD
04 0 1 0 1 1 Screen 1 DRYING DROGEN SECHAGE SECHAGE SECANDO
`'`'` `'`'`' `'`'`' `'`'`' `'`'`'
05 0 1 0 1 0 Screen 1 |||||||| |||||||| |||||||| |||||||| \/CERA\/
'HOT'WAX WARME CIRE CIRE CLIENTE
Screen 2 ```````` ```````` ```````` ````````
HOT WAX WAX CHAUDE CHAUDE
06 0 1 0 0 1 Screen 1 |`'||`'| |`'||`'| |`'||`'| |`'||`'| ENJUAGUE
WAXING WAX CIRE CIRE CON CERA
CMD SIGN 24400-000
Page 10 of 51
REV. I ECO 0806-037
Custom Message Displays 16 Character 2 Line Sign
Default Messages
Msg # Message Screen English Dutch French French- Spanish
Control Number Default Default Default Canadian
Bits Default 16 ' L 0 L 1 L 2 L 3 L 4
8 4 2 1
07 0 1 0 0 0 Screen 1 WHEEL WIELEN LAVAGE LAVAGE LAVADO
SCRUB WASSEN
Screen 2 00 00 DES DES DE
ROUES ROUES RUEDAS
Screen 3 <00> <00> <-00-> <-00-> <-0 0->
08 0 0 1 1 1 Screen 1 %%%%%%%% %%%%%%%% %%%%%%%% %%%%%%%% %%%%%%%%
%%%%%%%% %%%%%%%% %%%%%%%% %%%%%%%% %%%%%%%%
Screen 2 FOAM SCHUIM BAIN BAIN BANO CON
BATH BAD MOUSSANT MOUSSANT ESPUMA
(glitter off) (glitter off) (glitter off) (glitter off) (glitter off)
09 0 0 1 1 0 Screen 1 W A S H WASSEN LAVAGE LAVAGE CICLO DE
CYCLE LAVADO
Screen 2 WASH
CYCLE WASSEN LAVAGE LAVAGE
10 0 0 1 0 1 Screen 1 W A S H WASSEN LAVAGE LAVAGE CICLO DE
CYCLE LAVADO
Screen 2 WASH
CYCLE WASSEN LAVAGE LAVAGE
Screen 3
Screen 4
11 0 0 1 0 0 Screen 1 UNDERCAR ONDER LAVAGE LAVAGE LAVADO
W A S H KANT DU DU
Screen 2 UNDERCAR WASSEN CHASIS CHASIS DE
{{{{{{{{ {{{{{{{{ {{{{{{{{ {{{{{{{{ CHASIS
Screen 3 UNDERCAR WASSEN LAVADO
iiii}}}} iiii}}}} iiii}}}} iiii}}}} iiii}}}}
CMD SIGN 24400-000
Page 11 of 51
REV. I ECO 0806-037
Custom Message Displays 16 Character 2 Line Sign
Default Messages
Msg # Message Screen English Dutch French French- Spanish
Control Number Default Default Default Canadian
Bits Default 16 ' L 0 L 1 L 2 L 3 L 4
8 4 2 1
12 0 0 0 1 1 Screen 1 BACK-UP LANGZAAM RECULEZ RECULEZ HAGA
SLOWLY TERUG
Screen 2 BACK-UP AVEC AVEC RETRO-
TERUG SOIN SOIN CEDER
Screen 3 LENTA-
MENTE
13 0 0 0 1 0 Screen 1 S T O P S T O P S T O P S T O P S T O P
S T O P S T O P S T O P S T O P S T O P
Screen 2
S T O P S T O P S T O P S T O P S T O P
14 0 0 0 0 1 Screen 1 DRIVE RIJ AVANCEZ AVANCEZ SE
FORWARD LANGZAAM ACERQUE
Screen 2 VOORUIT AVEC AVEC LENTA-
SLOWLY LANGZAAM SOIN SOIN MENTE
Screen 3
LANGZAAM
15 0 0 0 0 0
16 1 1 1 1 1 Screen 1 WASH NOT TOETS LE LE LAVADO
READY CODE IN LAVAGE LAVAGE
Screen 2 ENTER TOETS N'EST N'EST NO ESTA
PAS PRET PAS PRET LISTO
Screen 3 ENTER COMPOSEZ COMPOSEZ ENTRE
CODE CODIGO
Screen 4 VOTRE VOTRE
CODE CODE
17 1 1 1 1 0 Screen 1 S P O T ZACHT RINCAGE RINCAGE ENJUAGUE
F R E E WATER
Screen 2 RINSE SANS SANS SIN
CYCLE WATER MANCHAS
Screen 3 SANS SANS
TACHE TACHE
CMD SIGN 24400-000
Page 12 of 51
REV. I ECO 0806-037
Custom Message Displays 16 Character 2 Line Sign
Default Messages
Msg # Message Screen English Dutch French French- Spanish
Control Number Default Default Default Canadian
Bits Default 16 ' L 0 L 1 L 2 L 3 L 4
8 4 2 1
18 1 1 1 0 1 Screen 1 VEHICLE AUTO VEHICLE VEHICLE VEHICULO
IS IS
Screen 2 TOO TE TROP TROP DE-
L O N G L A N G L O N G L O N G MASIADO
Screen 3 PLEASE VERTREK SORTER SORTER LARGO
EXIT A.U.B.
Screen 4 WASH ON DE LA DE LA POR
AND SPREEK BAILE BAILE FAVOR
Screen 5 CONTACT MET DE ET CON- ET CON- DE
CASHIER KASSIER TACTER TACTER SALIR
Screen 6 CASSIER CASSIER EL
S.V.P. S.V.P. LAVADO
Screen 7 Y COMUNI
-CARSE
Screen 8 CON EL
CAJERO
19 1 1 1 0 0 Screen 1 |||||||| VERS RINCAGE RINCAGE ENJUAGUE
RINSING WATER CON AGUA
Screen 2 ```````` A L'EAU A L'EAU FRESCA
RINSING WATER
Screen 3 '''''''' A L'EAU A L'EAU
RINSING CLAIRE CLAIRE
20 1 1 0 1 1 Screen 1 ROCKER ONDER- LAVAGE LAVAGE BLASTER
PANEL ZIJKANT
Screen 2 BLASTER JET- BAS DE BAS DE DE
STRAAL CAISSE CAISSE PANELES
Screen 3
CMD SIGN 24400-000
Page 13 of 51
REV. I ECO 0806-037
Custom Message Displays 16 Character 2 Line Sign
Default Messages
Msg # Message Screen English Dutch French French- Spanish
Control Number Default Default Default Canadian
Bits Default 16 ' L 0 L 1 L 2 L 3 L 4
8 4 2 1
21 1 1 0 1 0 Screen 1 TIRE WIELEN ROUSE ROUSE BLASTER
-<O O>- -<O O>- <0 0> <0 0>
Screen 2 BLASTER JET- HAUTE HAUTE DE
-<0 0>- -<0 0>- -0 0- -0 0- RUEDAS
Screen 3 JET- PRESSION PRESSION BLASTER
STRAAL <0 0> <0 0> <0 0>
22 1 1 0 0 1 Screen 1 H I G H HOGEDRUK RINCAGE RINCAGE ENJUAGUE
IMPACT //////// CON ALTA
Screen 2 W A S H HOGEDRUK HAUTE HAUTE CON ALTA
|||||||| PRESION
Screen 3 HOGEDRUK HAUTE HAUTE
&&&&&&&& PRESSION PRESSION
23 1 1 0 0 0 Screen 1 PRESOAK INWEKEN PRE- PRE- QUIMICO
Screen 2 PRE- PRE- RE-
SOAKING INWEKEN LAVAGE LAVAGE MONJANDO
24 1 0 1 1 1 Screen 1 << STEER STUUR ALLER A ALLER A MANEJE A
<< LEFT NAAR GAUCHE GAUCHE <<<
Screen 2 STEER LINKS ALLER A ALLER A LA
LEFT <<<<<< <<<<<< <<<<<< <<<<<
Screen 3 DERECHA
<<<<<<<<
25 1 0 1 1 0 Screen 1 STEER >> STUUR ALLER A ALLER A MANEJE A
RIGHT >> NAAR DROIT DROIT >>>
Screen 2 STEER RECHTS ALLER A ALLER A LA IZ-
RIGHT >>>>>> >>>>>> >>>>>> >>>>>>
Screen 3 QUIERDA
>>>>>>>>
26 1 0 1 0 1 Screen 1 APPLYING INWEEK PRE- PRE- APLI-
MIDDEL CANDO
Screen 2 APPLYING PRE- PRE- QUIMICO
PRESOAK LAVAGE LAVAGE
CMD SIGN 24400-000
Page 14 of 51
REV. I ECO 0806-037
Custom Message Displays 16 Character 2 Line Sign
Default Messages
Msg # Message Screen English Dutch French French- Spanish
Control Number Default Default Default Canadian
Bits Default 16 ' L 0 L 1 L 2 L 3 L 4
8 4 2 1
27 1 0 1 0 0 Screen 1 FROST WATER PURGE DE PURGE DE PROTECT-
PROTECT AFBLAZEN CION
Screen 2 WATER ANTI PROTECT- PROTECT- ANTI-
PURGE VORST ION ION ESCARCHA
Screen 3 ANTIGEL ANTIGEL PURGA
Screen 4 DE
TUBERIAS
Screen 5 DE
AGUA
28 1 0 0 1 1 Screen 1 EXIT RIJDT SORTIR SORTIR SIGUE
SLOWLY LANGZAAM ADELANTE
Screen 2 THROUGH DOOR DE LENTE- LENTE- LENTA-
DRYER DROGER MENT MENT MENTA
Screen 3 THANK D A N K PAR LE PAR LE ABAJO
YOU U SECHEUR SECHEUR SECADOR
Screen 4 FOR YOUR VOOR UW MERCI MERCI GRACIAS
BUSINESS BEZOEK
Screen 5 DE VOTRE DE VOTRE PARA SU
VENUE VENUE LEALTAD
29 1 0 0 1 0 Screen 1 TRI DRIE CIRES CIRES CERA
COLOR KLEUREN TROIS TROIS ESPUMOSA
Screen 2 FOAMING SCHUIM COULEURS COULEURS EN TRES
WAX WAX COLORES
(glitter off) (glitter off) (glitter off) (glitter off) (glitter off)
30 1 0 0 0 1 Screen 1
Screen 2
Screen 3
CMD SIGN 24400-000
Page 15 of 51
REV. I ECO 0806-037
Custom Message Displays 16 Character 2 Line Sign
Default Messages
Msg # Message Screen English Dutch French French- Spanish
Control Number Default Default Default Canadian
Bits Default 16 ' L 0 L 1 L 2 L 3 L 4
8 4 2 1
31 1 0 0 0 0 Screen 1
Screen 2
Screen 3
CMD SIGN 24400-000
Page 16 of 51
REV. I ECO 0806-037
Custom Message Displays 16 Character 2 Line Sign
Default Messages
Msg # Message Screen Portuguese SAW English VT2000 Radius
2001 OHD
Liberty
Control Number Default Default English English
Bits Default Default 16 ' L 5 L 6 L 7 L 8
8 4 2 1
00 0 1 1 1 1 Screen 1 LAVAGEM WELCOME WELCOME
Screen 2 NAO ESTA PLEASE PLEASE
PRONTA ENTER ENTER
Screen 3 DEPOSITE CODE CODE
OR CARD OR CARD
Screen 4 O VALOR OR OR
CORRECTO INSERT INSERT
Screen 5
MONEY MONEY
01 0 1 1 1 0 Screen 1 SUPER CLEAR CLEAR
POLIDOR COAT COAT
Screen 2 SEALANT SEALANT
POLIDOR
02 0 1 1 0 1 Screen 1 PROXIMO READY N E X T
CLIENTE FOR NEXT CUSTOMER
Screen 2 FOR NEXT
CUSTOMER
03 0 1 1 0 0 Screen 1 LAVAGEM W A S H W A S H
COMPLETA COMPLETE COMPLETE
Screen 2 SIGA PLEASE PLEASE
E X I T E X I T
Screen 3 POR THANK THANK
FAVOR YOU YOU
Screen 4 OBRIGADO FOR YOUR FOR YOUR
BUSINESS BUSINESS
Screen 5 POR TER
VINDO
Screen 6
04 0 1 0 1 1 Screen 1 SECANDO DRYING DRYING
`'`'`' `'`'`' `'`'`'
CMD SIGN 24400-000
Page 17 of 51
REV. I ECO 0806-037
Custom Message Displays
16 Character 2 Line Sign
Default Messages
Msg # Message Screen Portuguese SAW English VT2000 Radius
2001 OHD
Liberty
Control Number Default Default English English
Bits Default Default 16 ' L 5 L 6 L 7 L 8
8 4 2 1
05 0 1 0 1 0 Screen 1 /|\CERA/|\ |||||||| ||||||||
QUENTE 'HOT' WAX 'HOT' WAX
Screen 2 ```````` ````````
06 0 1 0 0 1 Screen 1 BANHO |`'||`'| |`'||`'|
DE CERA WAXING WAXING
07 0 1 0 0 0 Screen 1 ESCOVA DE WHEEL CAR IN
RODAS SCRUB PARK
Screen 2 <-00-> <-00->
Screen 3
08 0 0 1 1 1 Screen 1 %%%%%%%% %%%%%%%% PRESS %%%%%%%%
%%%%%%%% %%%%%%%% %%%%%%%%
Screen 2 BANHO FOAM START SURFACE
DE XAMPU BATH BUTTON SEALANT
(glitter off) (glitter off) (glitter off)
09 0 0 1 1 0 Screen 1 CICLO DE W A S H W A S H
LAVAGEM CYCLE CYCLE
Screen 2 WASH WASH
CYCLE CYCLE
10 0 0 1 0 1 Screen 1 CICLO DE F O A M CAR IN W A S H
LAVADO BRITE NEUTRAL CYCLE
Screen 2 W A S H RELEASE WASH
BRAKE CYCLE
Screen 3 (glitter off) DO NOT
STEER
Screen 4 TURN OFF
RADIO
CMD SIGN 24400-000
Page 18 of 51
REV. I ECO 0806-037
Custom Message Displays 16 Character 2 Line Sign
Default Messages
Msg # Message Screen Portuguese SAW English VT2000 Radius
2001 OHD
Liberty
Control Number Default Default English English
Bits Default Default 16 ' L 5 L 6 L 7 L 8
8 4 2 1
11 0 0 1 0 0 Screen 1 LAVA UNDERCAR UNDERCAR
CHASIS W A S H W A S H
Screen 2 LAVA UNDERCAR UNDERCAR
{{{{{{{{ {{{{{{{{ {{{{{{{{
Screen 3 LAVA UNDERCAR UNDERCAR
iiii}}}} iiii}}}} iiii}}}}
12 0 0 0 1 1 Screen 1 RETORNE BACK-UP WAIT FOR BACK-UP
DEVAGAR SLOWLY CONVEYOR SLOWLY
Screen 2 BACK-UP DO NOT BACK-UP
DRIVE IN
Screen 3
13 0 0 0 1 0 Screen 1 P A R A S T O P S T O P
P A R A S T O P S T O P
Screen 2
P A R A S T O P S T O P
14 0 0 0 0 1 Screen 1 SIGA DRIVE ENTER DRIVE
ADIANTE FORWARD CODE OR FORWARD
Screen 2 DEVAGAR DEPOSIT
SLOWLY MONEY SLOWLY
Screen 3
15 0 0 0 0 0
16 1 1 1 1 1 Screen 1 LAVAGEM WASH NOT WELCOME
NAO READY
Screen 2 ESTA ENTER PLEASE
PRONTA CODE ENTER
Screen 3 DIGITE CODE CODE
O CODIGO OR CARD OR CARD
Screen 4 OR CARD OR
OR MONEY MONEY
CMD SIGN 24400-000
Page 19 of 51
REV. I ECO 0806-037
Custom Message Displays 16 Character 2 Line Sign
Default Messages
Msg # Message Screen Portuguese SAW English VT2000 Radius
2001 OHD
Liberty
Control Number Default Default English English
Bits Default Default 16 ' L 5 L 6 L 7 L 8
8 4 2 1
17 1 1 1 1 0 Screen 1 ENXAGUE SPOTFREE SPOTFREE
RINSE RINSE
Screen 2 SEM (glitter off) (glitter off)
MANCHAS (glitter off) (glitter off)
Screen 3
18 1 1 1 0 1 Screen 1 VEICULO VEHICLE VEHICLE
IS IS
Screen 2 MUITO TOO TOO
LONGO L O N G L O N G
Screen 3 POR PLEASE PLEASE
FAVOR EXIT EXIT
Screen 4 SIGA E WASH WASH
CONTACTE AND AND
Screen 5 O CONTACT CONTACT
CAIXA CASHIER CASHIER
Screen 6
Screen 7
Screen 8
19 1 1 1 0 0 Screen 1 ENXAGUE |||||||| ||||||||
DE AGUA RINSING RINSING
Screen 2 DE AGUA ```````` ````````
LIMPA RINSING RINSING
Screen 3 '''''''' ''''''''
RINSING RINSING
CMD SIGN 24400-000
Page 20 of 51
REV. I ECO 0806-037
Custom Message Displays 16 Character 2 Line Sign
Default Messages
Msg # Message Screen Portuguese SAW English VT2000 Radius
2001 OHD
Liberty
Control Number Default Default English English
Bits Default Default 16 ' L 5 L 6 L 7 L 8
8 4 2 1
20 1 1 0 1 1 Screen 1 LAVAGEM ROCKER BLASTER
LATERAL PANEL 25
Screen 2 BLASTER TIME
19
Screen 3 BLASTER DRIVE
(car) FORWARD
21 1 1 0 1 0 Screen 1 LAVAGEM TIRE BLASTER
DE RODAS BLASTER 15
Screen 2 LAVAGEM BLASTER TIME
<0 0> <0 0> 14
Screen 3 BLASTER DRIVE
-0 0- FORWARD
22 1 1 0 0 1 Screen 1 ENXAGUE H I G H H I G H
DE ALTA IMPACT IMPACT
Screen 2 PRESSAO IMPACT W A S H
(CAR) WASH
Screen 3
23 1 1 0 0 0 Screen 1 ENSA- PRESOAK PRESOAK
BOANDO SOAKING SOAKING
Screen 2 BOANDO (glitter off) (glitter off)
XAMPU
24 1 0 1 1 1 Screen 1 SIGA TRIFOAM << STEER
<<< W A X << LEFT
Screen 2 PARA (glitter off) STEER
<<<<<< LEFT
Screen 3 ESQUERDA
<<<<<<<<
CMD SIGN 24400-000
Page 21 of 51
REV. I ECO 0806-037
Custom Message Displays 16 Character 2 Line Sign
Default Messages
Msg # Message Screen Portuguese SAW English VT2000 Radius
2001 OHD
Liberty
Control Number Default Default English English
Bits Default Default 16 ' L 5 L 6 L 7 L 8
8 4 2 1
25 1 0 1 1 0 Screen 1 SIGA TRIFOAM STEER >>
>>> BATH RIGHT >>
Screen 2 PARA (glitter off) STEER
>>>>>> RIGHT
Screen 3 DIREITA
>>>>>>>>
26 1 0 1 0 1 Screen 1 JOGANDO APPLYING APPLYING
XAMPU
Screen 2 APPLYING APPLYING
PRESOAK PRESOAK
27 1 0 1 0 0 Screen 1 PROTECAO FROST FROST
ANTI PROTECT PROTECT
Screen 2 GELO WATER WATER
PURGE PURGE
Screen 3 SAIDA DE
AGUA
Screen 4
Screen 5
28 1 0 0 1 1 Screen 1 PASSE EXIT EXIT
DEVAGAR SLOWLY SLOWLY
Screen 2 PELO THROUGH THROUGH
SECADOR DRYER DRYER
Screen 3 OBRIGADO THANK THANK
YOU YOU
Screen 4 POR TER FOR YOUR FOR YOUR
VINDO BUSINESS BUSINESS
Screen 5
CMD SIGN 24400-000
Page 22 of 51
REV. I ECO 0806-037
Custom Message Displays 16 Character 2 Line Sign
Default Messages
Msg # Message Screen Portuguese SAW English VT2000 Radius
2001 OHD
Liberty
Control Number Default Default English English
Bits Default Default 16 ' L 5 L 6 L 7 L 8
8 4 2 1
29 1 0 0 1 0 Screen 1 TRI TRI
COLOR COLOR
Screen 2 FOAMING FOAMING
WAX WAX
(glitter off) (glitter off)
30 1 0 0 0 1 Screen 1 BLASTER
20
Screen 2 TIME
19
Screen 3 DRIVE
FORWARD
31 1 0 0 0 0 Screen 1 BLASTER
5
Screen 2 TIME
4
Screen 3 DRIVE
FORWARD
CMD SIGN 24400-000
Page 23 of 51
REV. I ECO 0806-037
Custom Message Displays 16 Character 2 Line Sign
Default Messages
Msg # Message Screen Dutch French French- Spanish
Control Number VT2000 VT2000 Canadian VT2000
Bits VT2000 16 ' L 9 L 10 L 11 L 12
8 4 2 1
00 0 1 1 1 1 Screen 1
01 0 1 1 1 0 Screen 1
02 0 1 1 0 1 Screen 1
03 0 1 1 0 0 Screen 1
04 0 1 0 1 1 Screen 1
05 0 1 0 1 0 Screen 1
06 0 1 0 0 1 Screen 1
07 0 1 0 0 0 Screen 1
08 0 0 1 1 1 Screen 1 DRUK APPUYEZ APPUYEZ APRETAR
Screen 2 START SUR SUR BOTON DE
TOETS START START START
09 0 0 1 1 0 Screen 3
10 0 0 1 0 1 Screen 1 VOERTUIG VEHICULE VEHICULE PONER EN
IN VRIJ- POINT POINT NEUTRO
Screen 2 STAND MONT MONT SOLTAR
HANDREM FRENO
Screen 3 VRIJ RELACHEZ RELACHEZ NO
STUREN FREINS FREINS CONDUCIR
Screen 4 RADIO LACHEZ LACHEZ APAGAR
AFZETTEN VOLANT VOLANT RADIO
Screen 5 ETEIGNEZ ETEIGNEZ
RADIO RADIO
CMD SIGN 24400-000
Page 24 of 51
REV. I ECO 0806-037
Custom Message Displays 16 Character 2 Line Sign
Default Messages
Msg # Message Screen Dutch French French- Spanish
Control Number VT2000 VT2000 Canadian VT2000
Bits VT2000 16 ' L 9 L 10 L 11 L 12
8 4 2 1
11 0 0 1 0 0 Screen 1
12 0 0 0 1 1 Screen 1 WACHTEN ATTENDEZ ATTENDEZ ESPERAR
CONVEYOR
Screen 2 OP NO
KETTING MANEJE
Screen 3 NIET A LA
INRIJDEN BAHIA
13 0 0 0 1 0 Screen 1
14 0 0 0 0 1 Screen 1 TOETS ENTREZ ENTREZ ENTRAR
CODE OF CODE OU CODE OU CODIGO O
Screen 2 WERP MONNAIE MONNAIE DINERO
GELD IN
15 0 0 0 0 0 Screen 1
16 1 1 1 1 1 Screen 1
17 1 1 1 1 0 Screen 1
18 1 1 1 0 1 Screen 1
19 1 1 1 0 0 Screen 1
20 1 1 0 1 1 Screen 1
21 1 1 0 1 0 Screen 1
22 1 1 0 0 1 Screen 1
CMD SIGN 24400-000
Page 25 of 51
REV. I ECO 0806-037
Custom Message Displays 16 Character 2 Line Sign
Default Messages
Msg # Message Screen Dutch French French- Spanish
Control Number VT2000 VT2000 Canadian VT2000
Bits VT2000 16 ' L 9 L 10 L 11 L 12
8 4 2 1
23 1 1 0 0 0 Screen 1
24 1 0 1 1 1 Screen 1
25 1 0 1 1 0 Screen 1
26 1 0 1 0 1 Screen 1
27 1 0 1 0 0 Screen 1
28 1 0 0 1 1 Screen 1
29 1 0 0 1 0 Screen 1
30 1 0 0 0 1 Screen 1
31 1 0 0 0 0 Screen 1
CMD SIGN 24400-000
Page 26 of 51
REV. I ECO 0806-037
Custom Message Displays 16 Character 2 Line Sign
Default Messages
Msg # Message Screen Dutch French French- Spanish
Control Number 2001-OHD 2001-OHD Canadian 2001-OHD
Bits Liberty Liberty 2001-OHD Liberty 16 ' L 13 L 14 Liberty L 16
8 4 2 1 L 15
00 0 1 1 1 1 Screen 1 WELCOM BIEN- BIEN- BIEN-
VENUE VENUE VENIDOS
Screen 2 TOETS ENTREZ ENTREZ POR
CODE IN CODE CODE FAVOR
Screen 3 OF VOER OU OU DE
KAART CARTE CARTE ENTRAR
Screen 4 IN OF OU OU CODIGO O
GELD MONNAIE MONNAIE TARJETA
Screen 5
O DINERO
01 0 1 1 1 0 Screen 1 FINALE PHASE PHASE ENJUAGUE
WAX LAAG RINCAGE RINCAGE DE
Screen 2 LACRA
02 0 1 1 0 1 Screen 1 VOLGENDE PROCHAIN PROCHAIN PROXIMO
KLANT CLIENT CLIENT CLIENTE
03 0 1 1 0 0 Screen 1 WASBEURT LAVAGE LAVAGE LAVADO
KLAAR TERMINE TERMINE
Screen 2 VERTREK VOUS VOUS TERMIN-
A.U.B. POUVEZ POUVEZ ADO
Screen 3 D A N K SORTIR SORTIR POR
U FAVOR
Screen 4 VOOR UW MERCI MERCI SIGUE
BEZOEK ADELANTE
Screen 5 DE VOTRE DE VOTRE GRACIAS
VENUE VENUE
Screen 6 PARA SU
LEALTAD
04 0 1 0 1 1 Screen 1 DROGEN SECHAGE SECHAGE SECANDO
`'`'`' `'`'`' `'`'`' `'`'`'
CMD SIGN 24400-000
Page 27 of 51
REV. I ECO 0806-037
Custom Message Displays 16 Character 2 Line Sign
Default Messages
Msg # Message Screen Dutch French French- Spanish
Control Number 2001-OHD 2001-OHD Canadian 2001-OHD
Bits Liberty Liberty 2001-OHD Liberty 16 ' L 13 L 14 Liberty L 16
8 4 2 1 L 15
05 0 1 0 1 0 Screen 1 |||||||| |||||||| |||||||| \/CERA\/
WARME CIRE CIRE CLIENTE
Screen 2 ```````` ```````` ````````
WAX CHAUDE CHAUDE
06 0 1 0 0 1 Screen 1 |`'||`'| |`'||`'| |`'||`'| ENJUAGUE
WAX CIRE CIRE CON CERA
07 0 1 0 0 0 Screen 1 VOERTUIG FREIN A FREIN A PONER EN
IN MAIN MAIN PARK
Screen 2 IN
PARKEER
08 0 0 1 1 1 Screen 1 %%%%%%%% %%%%%%%% %%%%%%%% %%%%%%%%
%%%%%%%% %%%%%%%% %%%%%%%% %%%%%%%%
Screen 2 SCHUIM BAIN BAIN BANO CON
BAD MOUSSANT MOUSSANT ESPUMA
(glitter off) (glitter off) (glitter off) (glitter off)
09 0 0 1 1 0 Screen 1 WASSEN LAVAGE LAVAGE CICLO DE
LAVADO
Screen 2
WASSEN LAVAGE LAVAGE
10 0 0 1 0 1 Screen 1 WASSEN LAVAGE LAVAGE CICLO DE
LAVADO
Screen 2
WASSEN LAVAGE LAVAGE
11 0 0 1 0 0 Screen 1 ONDER LAVAGE LAVAGE LAVADO
KANT DU DU
Screen 2 WASSEN CHASIS CHASIS DE
{{{{{{{{ {{{{{{{{ {{{{{{{{ CHASIS
Screen 3 WASSEN LAVADO
iiii}}}} iiii}}}} iiii}}}} iiii}}}}
CMD SIGN 24400-000
Page 28 of 51
REV. I ECO 0806-037
Custom Message Displays 16 Character 2 Line Sign
Default Messages
Msg # Message Screen Dutch French French- Spanish
Control Number 2001-OHD 2001-OHD Canadian 2001-OHD
Bits Liberty Liberty 2001-OHD Liberty 16 ' L 13 L 14 Liberty L 16
8 4 2 1 L 15
12 0 0 0 1 1 Screen 1 LANGZAAM RECULEZ RECULEZ HAGA
TERUG
Screen 2 AVEC AVEC RETRO-
TERUG SOIN SOIN CEDER
Screen 3 LENTA-
MENTE
13 0 0 0 1 0 Screen 1 S T O P S T O P S T O P S T O P
S T O P S T O P S T O P S T O P
Screen 2
S T O P S T O P S T O P S T O P
14 0 0 0 0 1 Screen 1 RIJ AVANCEZ AVANCEZ SE
LANGZAAM ACERQUE
Screen 2 VOORUIT AVEC AVEC LENTA-
LANGZAAM SOIN SOIN MENTE
Screen 3
LANGZAAM
15 0 0 0 0 0
16 1 1 1 1 1 Screen 1 WELCOM BIEN- BIEN- BIEN-
VENUE VENUE VENIDOS
Screen 2 TOETS ENTREZ ENTREZ POR
CODE IN CODE CODE FAVOR
Screen 3 OF VOER OU OU DE
KAART CARTE CARTE ENTRAR
Screen 4 IN OF OU OU CODIGO O
GELD MONNAIE MONNAIE TARJETA
Screen 5
O DINERO
17 1 1 1 1 0 Screen 1 ZACHT RINCAGE RINCAGE ENJUAGUE
WATER
Screen 2 SANS SANS SIN
WATER MANCHAS
Screen 3 SANS SANS
TACHE TACHE
CMD SIGN 24400-000
Page 29 of 51
REV. I ECO 0806-037
Custom Message Displays 16 Character 2 Line Sign
Default Messages
Msg # Message Screen Dutch French French- Spanish
Control Number 2001-OHD 2001-OHD Canadian 2001-OHD
Bits Liberty Liberty 2001-OHD Liberty 16 ' L 13 L 14 Liberty L 16
8 4 2 1 L 15
18 1 1 1 0 1 Screen 1 AUTO VEHICLE VEHICLE VEHICULO
IS
Screen 2 TE TROP TROP DE-
L A N G L O N G L O N G MASIADO
Screen 3 VERTREK SORTER SORTER LARGO
A.U.B.
Screen 4 ON DE LA DE LA POR
SPREEK BAILE BAILE FAVOR
Screen 5 MET DE ET CON- ET CON- DE
KASSIER TACTER TACTER SALIR
Screen 6 CASSIER CASSIER EL
S.V.P. S.V.P. LAVADO
Screen 7 Y COMUNI
-CARSE
Screen 8 CON EL
CAJERO
19 1 1 1 0 0 Screen 1 VERS RINCAGE RINCAGE ENJUAGUE
WATER CON AGUA
Screen 2 A L'EAU A L'EAU FRESCA
WATER
Screen 3 A L'EAU A L'EAU
CLAIRE CLAIRE
20 1 1 0 1 1 Screen 1 HOGEDRUK LAVAGEHP LAVAGEHP CORRA
25 25 25 25
Screen 2 TIJD TEMPO TEMPO TIEMPO
24 24 24 24
Screen 3 RIJ AVANCEZ AVANCEZ ENTRAR
VOORUIT BAHIA
21 1 1 0 1 0 Screen 1 HOGEDRUK LAVAGEHP LAVAGEHP CORRA
15 15 15 15
Screen 2 TIJD TEMPO TEMPO TIEMPO
14 14 14 14
Screen 3 RIJ AVANCEZ AVANCEZ ENTRAR
VOORUIT BAHIA
CMD SIGN 24400-000
Page 30 of 51
REV. I ECO 0806-037
Custom Message Displays 16 Character 2 Line Sign
Default Messages
Msg # Message Screen Dutch French French- Spanish
Control Number 2001-OHD 2001-OHD Canadian 2001-OHD
Bits Liberty Liberty 2001-OHD Liberty 16 ' L 13 L 14 Liberty L 16
8 4 2 1 L 15
22 1 1 0 0 1 Screen 1 HOGEDRUK RINCAGE RINCAGE ENJUAGUE
//////// CON ALTA
Screen 2 HOGEDRUK HAUTE HAUTE CON ALTA
|||||||| PRESION
Screen 3 HOGEDRUK HAUTE HAUTE
&&&&&&&& PRESSION PRESSION
23 1 1 0 0 0 Screen 1 INWEKEN PRE- PRE- QUIMICO
Screen 2 PRE- PRE- RE-
INWEKEN LAVAGE LAVAGE MONJANDO
24 1 0 1 1 1 Screen 1 STUUR ALLER A ALLER A MANEJE A
NAAR GAUCHE GAUCHE <<<
Screen 2 LINKS ALLER A ALLER A LA
<<<<<< <<<<<< <<<<<< <<<<<
Screen 3 DERECHA
<<<<<<<<
25 1 0 1 1 0 Screen 1 STUUR ALLER A ALLER A MANEJE A
NAAR DROIT DROIT >>>
Screen 2 RECHTS ALLER A ALLER A LA IZ-
>>>>>> >>>>>> >>>>>> >>>>>>
Screen 3 QUIERDA
>>>>>>>>
26 1 0 1 0 1 Screen 1 INWEEK PRE- PRE- APLI-
MIDDEL CANDO
Screen 2 PRE- PRE- QUIMICO
LAVAGE LAVAGE
CMD SIGN 24400-000
Page 31 of 51
REV. I ECO 0806-037
Custom Message Displays 16 Character 2 Line Sign
Default Messages
Msg # Message Screen Dutch French French- Spanish
Control Number 2001-OHD 2001-OHD Canadian 2001-OHD
Bits Liberty Liberty 2001-OHD Liberty 16 ' L 13 L 14 Liberty L 16
8 4 2 1 L 15
27 1 0 1 0 0 Screen 1 WATER PURGE DE PURGE DE PROTECT-
AFBLAZEN CION
Screen 2 ANTI PROTECT- PROTECT- ANTI-
VORST ION ION ESCARCHA
Screen 3 ANTIGEL ANTIGEL PURGA
Screen 4 DE
TUBERIAS
Screen 5 DE
AGUA
28 1 0 0 1 1 Screen 1 RIJDT SORTIR SORTIR SIGUE
LANGZAAM ADELANTE
Screen 2 DOOR DE LENTE- LENTE- LENTA-
DROGER MENT MENT MENTA
Screen 3 D A N K PAR LE PAR LE ABAJO
U SECHEUR SECHEUR SECADOR
Screen 4 VOOR UW MERCI MERCI GRACIAS
BEZOEK
Screen 5 DE VOTRE DE VOTRE PARA SU
VENUE VENUE LEALTAD
29 1 0 0 1 0 Screen 1 DRIE CIRES CIRES CERA
KLEUREN TROIS TROIS ESPUMOSA
Screen 2 SCHUIM COULEURS COULEURS EN TRES
WAX COLORES
(glitter off) (glitter off) (glitter off) (glitter off)
30 1 0 0 0 1 Screen 1 HOGEDRUK LAVAGEHP LAVAGEHP CHORRA
2 0 2 0 2 0 2 0
Screen 2 TIJD TEMPO TEMPO TIEMPO
1 9 1 9 1 9 1 9
Screen 3 RIJ AVANCEZ AVANCEZ ENTRAR
VOORUIT BAHIA
CMD SIGN 24400-000
Page 32 of 51
REV. I ECO 0806-037
Custom Message Displays 16 Character 2 Line Sign
Default Messages
Msg # Message Screen Dutch French French- Spanish
Control Number 2001-OHD 2001-OHD Canadian 2001-OHD
Bits Liberty Liberty 2001-OHD Liberty 16 ' L 13 L 14 Liberty L 16
8 4 2 1 L 15
31 1 0 0 0 0 Screen 1 HOGEDRUK LAVAGEHP LAVAGEHP CHORRA
0 5 0 5 0 5 0 5
Screen 2 TIJD TEMPO TEMPO TIEMPO
0 4 0 4 0 4 0 4
Screen 3 RIJ AVANCEZ AVANCEZ ENTRAR
VOORUIT BAHIA
CMD SIGN 24400-000
Page 33 of 51
REV. I ECO 0806-037
Custom Message Displays 16 Character 2 Line Sign
Default Messages
Msg # Message Screen German Italian English
Control Number US2001 US2001 Soft Gloss
Bits OHD OHD XS Squared 16 ' L 17 L 18 L 19
8 4 2 1
00 0 1 1 1 1 Screen 1 WILL- BEN- WELCOME
KOMMEN VENUTO
Screen 2 BITTE PER PLEASE
PIACERE ENTER
Screen 3 ZAHLEN- INTRO CODE
KODE DURRE OR CARD
Screen 4 EIN- CODICE OR
GEBEN INSERT
Screen 5 ODER O
GELD INSERIRE MONEY
Screen 6 EIN-
WERFEN DENARO
01 0 1 1 1 0 Screen 1 SPEZIAL- CERA- CLEAR
WACHS LACCA COAT
Screen 2 SEALANT
02 0 1 1 0 1 Screen 1 FUER PRONTO READY
FOR NEXT
Screen 2 NAECHST- PER FOR NEXT
EN PROSSIMO CUSTOMER
Screen 3 KUNDEN VEICOLO
BEREIT
03 0 1 1 0 0 Screen 1 WAESCHE LAVAGGIO W A S H
FERTIG FINITO COMPLETE
Screen 2 BITTE PER PLEASE
ABFAHREN PIACERE E X I T
Screen 3 VIELEN HSCIRE THANK
DANK YOU
Screen 4 AUF GRAZIE FOR YOUR
MILLE BUSINESS
Screen 5 WIEDER-
SEHEN
CMD SIGN 24400-000
Page 34 of 51
REV. I ECO 0806-037
Custom Message Displays 16 Character 2 Line Sign
Default Messages
Msg # Message Screen German Italian English
Control Number US2001 US2001 Soft Gloss
Bits OHD OHD XS Squared 16 ' L 17 L 18 L 19
8 4 2 1
04 0 1 0 1 1 Screen 1 TROCKNEN ASCIUGA DRYING
‘’’’’’ TURA ‘’’’’’
05 0 1 0 1 0 Screen 1 HEISSER CERA ||||||||
WACHS CALDE ‘HOT’ WAX
Screen 2 ````````
06 0 1 0 0 1 Screen 1 |`'||`'| |`'||`'| |`’||`’|
WACHS CERA WAXING
07 0 1 0 0 0 Screen 1 FAHRZEUG VEICOLO WHEEL
IN IN FOLLE SCRUB
Screen 2 FRIEGANG CON <-00->
STELLEN FRENO
Screen 3 HAND- O
BREMSE PARK
Screen 4 AN-
ZIEHEN
08 0 0 1 1 1 Screen 1 %%%%%%%% %%%%%%%% %%%%%%%%
%%%%%%%% %%%%%%%% %%%%%%%%
Screen 2 SCHAUM SHAMPOO FOAM
BAD NEVE BATH
(glitter off) (glitter off) (glitter off)
09 0 0 1 1 0 Screen 1 WASCHEN CICLO W A S H
LAVAGGIO CYCLE
Screen 2 WASH
CYCLE
10 0 0 1 0 1 Screen 1 WASCHEN CICLO W A S H
LAVAGGIO CYCLE
Screen 2 WASH
CYCLE
CMD SIGN 24400-000
Page 35 of 51
REV. I ECO 0806-037
Custom Message Displays 16 Character 2 Line Sign
Default Messages
Msg # Message Screen German Italian English
Control Number US2001 US2001 Soft Gloss
Bits OHD OHD XS Squared 16 ' L 17 L 18 L 19
8 4 2 1
11 0 0 1 0 0 Screen 1 UNTER- LAVAGGIO UNDERCAR
BODEN SOTTO W A S H
Screen 2 WAESCHE SCOCCA UNDERCAR
`````````
12 0 0 0 1 1 Screen 1 LANGSAM FAR BACK-UP
MARCIA SLOWLY
Screen 2 RUECK- INDIETRO BACK-UP
WAERTZ LENTA-
Screen 3 FAHREN MENTE
13 0 0 0 1 0 Screen 1 H A L T S T O P S T O P
H A L T S T O P S T O P
Screen 2
H A L T S T O P S T O P
14 0 0 0 0 1 Screen 1 LANGSAM AVANZARE DRIVE
Screen 2 FOR FORWARD
WAERTZ LENTA-
Screen 3 FAHREN MENTE SLOWLY
15 0 0 0 0 0
16 1 1 1 1 1 Screen 1 WILL- BEN- WASH NOT
KOMMEN VENUTO READY
Screen 2 BITTE PER ENTER
PIACERE CODE
Screen 3 ZAHLEN- INTRO CODE
KODE DURRE OR CARD
Screen 4 EIN- CODICE OR CARD
GEBEN OR MONEY
Screen 5 ODER O
GELD INSERIRE
Screen 6 EIN-
WERFEN DENARO
CMD SIGN 24400-000
Page 36 of 51
REV. I ECO 0806-037
Custom Message Displays 16 Character 2 Line Sign
Default Messages
Msg # Message Screen German Italian English
Control Number US2001 US2001 Soft Gloss
Bits OHD OHD XS Squared 16 ' L 17 L 18 L 19
8 4 2 1
17 1 1 1 1 0 Screen 1 KLAR- SCIACQUA SPOTFREE
SPUELUNG TURA RINSE
Screen 2 ANTI- (glitter off)
MACCHIA
18 1 1 1 0 1 Screen 1 FAHRZEUG VEICOLO VEHICLE
IS
Screen 2 Z U TROPPO TOO
L A N G LUNGO L O N G
Screen 3 BITTE PER PLEASE
FAVORE EXIT
Screen 4 AUS- USCIRE WASH
FAHREN AND
Screen 5 UND LAVAGGIO CONTACT
BEI E CASHIER
Screen 6 DER METTERSI
KASSE IN
Screen 7 NACH- CONTATTO
FRAGEN CON
Screen 8 CASSIERE
19 1 1 1 0 0 Screen 1 |||||| SCIAQUA- ||||||||
SPUELEN TURA RINSING
Screen 2 ‘’’’’’ ````````
SPUELEN RINSING
20 1 1 0 1 1 Screen 1 WASSER- BLASTER BLASTER
AUSTOSS 2 5 25
Screen 2 ZEIT TEMPO TIME
2 5 2 4 24
Screen 3 LANGSAM AVANZARE DRIVE
24 2 3 FORWARD
Screen 4 FOR
WAERTS
Screen 5 FAHREN
23
CMD SIGN 24400-000
Page 37 of 51
REV. I ECO 0806-037
Custom Message Displays 16 Character 2 Line Sign
Default Messages
Msg # Message Screen German Italian English
Control Number US2001 US2001 Soft Gloss
Bits OHD OHD XS Squared 16 ' L 17 L 18 L 19
8 4 2 1
21 1 1 0 1 0 Screen 1 WASSER- BLASTER BLASTER
AUSTOSS 1 5 15
Screen 2 ZEIT TEMPO TIME
1 5 1 4 14
Screen 3 LANGSAM AVANZARE DRIVE
1 4 1 3 FORWARD
Screen 4 FOR
WAERTS
Screen 5 FAHREN
1 3
22 1 1 0 0 1 Screen 1 HOCH- LAVAGGIO ||||||||
DRUCK- AD PRE-WASH
Screen 2 WAESCHE ALTO
IMPATTO
Screen 3
23 1 1 0 0 0 Screen 1 EINWEICH SHAMPOO PRESOAK
WAESCHE BAGNATO SOAKING
Screen 2 (glitter off)
24 1 0 1 1 1 Screen 1 << NACH. GUIDARE << STEER
<< LINKS << << << LEFT
Screen 2 NACH. GUIDARE STEER
LINKS LEFT
Screen 3 STEUERN A
<< << SINISTRA
25 1 0 1 1 0 Screen 1 NACH >> GUIDARE STEER >>
RECHTS>> >> >> RIGHT >>
Screen 2 NACH . GUIDARE STEER
RECHTS . RIGHT
Screen 3 STEUERN A
>> >> DESTRA
CMD SIGN 24400-000
Page 38 of 51
REV. I ECO 0806-037
Custom Message Displays 16 Character 2 Line Sign
Default Messages
Msg # Message Screen German Italian English
Control Number US2001 US2001 Soft Gloss
Bits OHD OHD XS Squared 16 ' L 17 L 18 L 19
8 4 2 1
26 1 0 1 0 1 Screen 1 EINWEICH APPLICAN APPLYING
WAESCHE SHAMPOO
Screen 2 IM PPLICAND APPLYING
GANG SHAMPOO PRESOAK
Screen 3 PLICANDO
SHAMPOO
27 1 0 1 0 0 Screen 1 FROST- DIPOSI- FROST
SCHUTZ TIVO PROTECT
Screen 2 WASSER- ANTIGELO WATER
AUSLAUF PURGE
Screen 3 PURGE
D’ACQUA
28 1 0 0 1 1 Screen 1 LANGSAM USCIRE EXIT
DURCH SLOWLY
Screen 2 TROCKNER LENTA- THROUGH
ANLAGE MENTE DRYER
Screen 3 AUS- SOTTO THANK
FAHREN YOU
Screen 4 ASCIUGA- FOR YOUR
TURA BUSINESS
Screen 5 GRAZIE
MILLE
29 1 0 0 1 0 Screen 1 DREI- CERA TRI
FARBEN IN COLOR
Screen 2 SCHAUM- TRE FOAMING
WACHS COLORI WAX
(glitter off) (glitter off) (glitter off)
CMD SIGN 24400-000
Page 39 of 51
REV. I ECO 0806-037
Custom Message Displays 16 Character 2 Line Sign
Default Messages
Msg # Message Screen German Italian English
Control Number US2001 US2001 Soft Gloss
Bits OHD OHD XS Squared 16 ' L 17 L 18 L 19
8 4 2 1
30 1 0 0 0 1 Screen 1 WASSER- BLASTER BLASTER
AUSTOSS 2 0 20
Screen 2 ZEIT TEMPO TIME
2 0 1 9 19
Screen 3 LANGSAM AVANZARE DRIVE
1 9 1 8 FORWARD
Screen 4 FOR
WAERTS
Screen 5 FAHREN
1 8
31 1 0 0 0 0 Screen 1 WASSER- BLASTER BLASTER
AUSTOSS 0 5 5
Screen 2 ZEIT TEMPO TIME
0 5 0 4 4
Screen 3 LANGSAM AVANZARE DRIVE
0 4 0 3 FORWARD
Screen 4 FOR
WAERTS
Screen 5 FAHREN
0 3
CMD SIGN 24400-000
Page 40 of 51
REV. I ECO 0806-037
Custom Message Displays 12 Character 1 Line
Default Messages
Msg # Message English Dutch French French-
Control Default Default Default Canadian
Bits Default 16 ' L 0 L 1 L 2 L 3
8 4 2 1
00 0 1 1 1 1 WELCOME TO W E L K O M BIENVENUE BIENVENUE
OUR IN ONZE DANS NOTRE DANS NOTRE
CARWASH CARWASH CARWASH LAVE-AUTO
P L E A S E T O E T S VEUILLEZ VEUILLEZ
ENTER CODE CODE IN COMPOSER COMPOSER
OR INSERT OF WERP VOTRE CODE VOTRE CODE
COINS MUNTEN IN OU INSERER OU INSEREZ
LA MONNAIE DES 0.25
01 0 1 1 1 0 S U P E R S U P E R S U P E R S U P E R
P O L I S H P O L I S H P O L I S H P O L I S H
02 0 1 1 0 1 R E A D Y K L A A R PRET POUR PRET POUR
FOR NEXT VOOR PROCHAIN PROCHAIN
CUSTOMER VOLGENDE CLIENT CLIENT
KLANT
03 0 1 1 0 0 WASH VERTREK NU LAVAGE LAVAGE
COMPLETE D A N K U TERMINE TERMINE
EXITING NOW VOOR UW LE CLIENT LE CLIENT
THANK YOU BEZOEK SE PREPARE SE PREPARE
FOR YOUR A SORTIR A SORTIR
BUSINESS MERCI MERCI
DE VOTRE DE VOTRE
VENUE VENUE
04 0 1 0 1 1 '''DRYING''' '''DROGEN''' ''SECHAGE'' ''SECHAGE''
```DRYING``` ```DROGEN``` ``SECHAGE`` ``SECHAGE``
'' DRYING '' '' DROGEN '' ''SECHAGE'' ''SECHAGE''
`` DRYING `` `` DROGEN `` ``SECHAGE`` ``SECHAGE``
' DRYING ' ' DROGEN ' ' SECHAGE ' ' SECHAGE '
DRYING DROGEN SECHAGE SECHAGE
CMD SIGN 24400-000
Page 41 of 51
REV. I ECO 0806-037
Custom Message Displays 12 Character 1 Line
Default Messages
Msg # Message English Dutch French French-
Control Default Default Default Canadian
Bits Default 16 ' L 0 L 1 L 2 L 3
8 4 2 1
05 0 1 0 1 0 ||`HOT'WAX|| |WARME WAX| CIRE CHAUDE CIRE CHAUDE
`` HOT WAX`` `WARME WAX`
||`HOT'WAX|| |WARME WAX|
'' HOT WAX'' 'WARME WAX'
06 0 1 0 0 1 || WAXING || ||| WAX ||| ||| CIRE ||| ||| CIRE |||
`` WAXING `` ``` WAX ``` ``` CIRE ``` ``` CIRE ```
|| WAXING || ||| WAX ||| ||| CIRE ||| ||| CIRE |||
'' WAXING '' ''' WAX ''' ''' CIRE ''' ''' CIRE '''
07 0 1 0 0 0 WHEEL SCRUB W I E L E N LAVAGE LAVAGE
0 0 W A S S E N DES ROUES DES ROUES
<0 0> 0 0 0 0 0 0
-0 0- <0 0> <0 0> <0 0>
<O O> -0 0- -0 0- -0 0-
08 0 0 1 1 1 %%%%%%%%%%%% %%%%%%%%%%%% %%%%%%%%%%%% %%%%%%%%%%%%
FOAMBATH SCHUIMBAD BAIN % MOUSSANT %
%%FOAMBATH%% %SCHUIMBAD%% % MOUSSANT % %%MOUSSANT%%
(glitter off) (glitter off) %%MOUSSANT%% (glitter off)
(glitter off)
09 0 0 1 1 0 WASH CYCLE W A S S E N L A V A G E L A V A G E
10 0 0 1 0 1 WASH CYCLE W A S S E N L A V A G E L A V A G E
11 0 0 1 0 0 UNDERCAR ONDERKANT LAVAGE DU LAVAGE DU
W A S H W A S S E N CHASSIS CHASSIS
{{{{{{{{{{{{ {{{{{{{{{{{{ {{{{{{{{{{{{ {{{{{{{{{{{{
iiiiiiiiiiii iiiiiiiiiiii iiiiiiiiiiii iiiiiiiiiiii
}}}}}}}}}}}} }}}}}}}}}}}} }}}}}}}}}}}} }}}}}}}}}}}}
12 0 0 0 1 1
13 0 0 0 1 0
CMD SIGN 24400-000
Page 42 of 51
REV. I ECO 0806-037
Custom Message Displays 12 Character 1 Line
Default Messages
Msg # Message English Dutch French French-
Control Default Default Default Canadian
Bits Default 16 ' L 0 L 1 L 2 L 3
8 4 2 1
14 0 0 0 0 1 CORRECT CODE JUISTE CODE CODE VALABLE CODE VALABLE
DRIVE RIJ LANGZAAM AVANCEZ AVANCEZ
FORWARD VOORUIT LENTEMENT
SLOWLY LANGZAAM AVEC SOIN
LENTEMENT
SLOWLY LANGZAAM AVEC SOIN
15 0 0 0 0 0
16 1 1 1 1 1
17 1 1 1 1 0
18 1 1 1 0 1
19 1 1 1 0 0
20 1 1 0 1 1
21 1 1 0 1 0
22 1 1 0 0 1
23 1 1 0 0 0
24 1 0 1 1 1
25 1 0 1 1 0
26 1 0 1 0 1
27 1 0 1 0 0
28 1 0 0 1 1
29 1 0 0 1 0
30 1 0 0 0 1
31 1 0 0 0 0
CMD SIGN 24400-000
Page 43 of 51
REV. I ECO 0806-037
Custom Message Displays 16 Character 1 Line
Default Messages
Msg # Message English Dutch French French-
Control Default Default Default Canadian
Bits Default 16 ' L 0 L 1 L 2 L 3
8 4 2 1
00 0 1 1 1 1 WELCOME TO W E L K O M BIENVENUE BIENVENUE
OUR CARWASH IN ONZE DANS NOTRE DANS NOTRE
P L E A S E CARWASH CARWASH LAVE-AUTO
ENTER CODE T O E T S VEUILLEZ VEUILLEZ
OR CARD CODE IN COMPOSER COMPOSER
OR MONEY OF WERP VOTRE CODE VOTRE CODE
MUNTEN IN OU INSERER OU INSEREZ
LA MONNAIE DES 0.25
01 0 1 1 1 0 CLEAR COAT S U P E R S U P E R S U P E R
SEALANT POLISH POLISH POLISH
SUPER SUPER SUPER
POLISH POLISH POLISH
02 0 1 1 0 1 R E A D Y K L A A R PRET POUR PRET POUR
FOR NEXT VOOR PROCHAIN PROCHAIN
CUSTOMER VOLGENDE CLIENT CLIENT
KLANT
03 0 1 1 0 0 WASH COMPLETE VERTREK NU LAVAGE LAVAGE
EXITING NOW D A N K U TERMINE TERMINE
THANK YOU VOOR UW LE CLIENT LE CLIENT
FOR YOUR BEZOEK SE PREPARE SE PREPARE
BUSINESS A SORTIR A SORTIR
MERCI MERCI
DE VOTRE DE VOTRE
VENUE VENUE
04 0 1 0 1 1 '''' DRYING '''' '''DROGEN''' ''SECHAGE'' ''SECHAGE''
``` DRYING ``` ```DROGEN``` ``SECHAGE`` ``SECHAGE``
'' DRYING '' '' DROGEN '' ''SECHAGE'' ''SECHAGE''
/ DRYING / `` DROGEN `` ``SECHAGE`` ``SECHAGE``
' DROGEN ' ' SECHAGE ' ' SECHAGE '
DROGEN SECHAGE SECHAGE
CMD SIGN 24400-000
Page 44 of 51
REV. I ECO 0806-037
Custom Message Displays 16 Character 1 Line
Default Messages
Msg # Message English Dutch French French-
Control Default Default Default Canadian
Bits Default 16 ' L 0 L 1 L 2 L 3
8 4 2 1
05 0 1 0 1 0 ''''HOT' WAX ''' |WARME WAX| CIRE CHAUDE CIRE CHAUDE
```'HOT' WAX ``` `WARME WAX`
''''HOT' '''
///'HOT' WAX ///
06 0 1 0 0 1 ''' WAXING ''' ||| WAX ||| ||| CIRE ||| ||| CIRE |||
``` WAXING ``` ``` WAX ``` ``` CIRE ``` ``` CIRE ```
''' WAXING ''' ||| WAX ||| ||| CIRE ||| ||| CIRE |||
/// WAXING /// ''' WAX ''' ''' CIRE ''' ''' CIRE '''
07 0 1 0 0 0 WHEEL SCRUB W I E L E N LAVAGE LAVAGE
( 0 0 ) WASSEN DES ROUES DES ROUES
(0 0) 0 0 0 0 0 0
-0 0- <0 0> <0 0> <0 0>
(0 0) -0 0- -0 0- -0 0-
( 0 0 )
08 0 0 1 1 1 FOAM BATH %%%%%%%%%%%% %%%%%%%%%%%% %%%%%%%%%%%%
%%%%%%%%%%%% SCHUIMBAD BAIN % MOUSSANT %
(glitter off) %SCHUIMBAD%% % MOUSSANT % %%MOUSSANT%%
(glitter off) %%MOUSSANT%% (glitter off)
(glitter off)
09 0 0 1 1 0 WASH CYCLE W A S S E N L A V A G E L A V A G E
WASH CYCLE
(glitter off)
10 0 0 1 0 1 FOAMBRITE WASH W A S S E N L A V A G E L A V A G E
FOAMBRITE WASH
(glitter off)
11 0 0 1 0 0 UNDERCAR WASH ONDERKANT LAVAGE DU LAVAGE DU
{{{{{{{{{{{{{ WASSEN CHASSIS CHASSIS
iiiiiiiiiiiii {{{{{{{{{{{{ {{{{{{{{{{{{ {{{{{{{{{{{{
}}}}}}}}}}}}} iiiiiiiiiiii iiiiiiiiiiii iiiiiiiiiiii
}}}}}}}}}}}} }}}}}}}}}}}} }}}}}}}}}}}}
12 0 0 0 1 1
13 0 0 0 1 0
CMD SIGN 24400-000
Page 45 of 51
REV. I ECO 0806-037
Custom Message Displays 16 Character 1 Line
Default Messages
Msg # Message English Dutch French French-
Control Default Default Default Canadian
Bits Default 16 ' L 0 L 1 L 2 L 3
8 4 2 1
14 0 0 0 0 1 DRIVE FORWARD JUISTE CODE CODE VALABLE CODE VALABLE
S L O W L Y RIJ LANGZAAM AVANCEZ AVANCEZ
VOORUIT
SLOWLY LANGZAAM LENTEMENT AVEC SOIN
SLOWLY LANGZAAM LENTEMENT AVEC SOIN
15 0 0 0 0 0
16 1 1 1 1 1 WASH NOT READY
ENTER CODE
OR CARD
OR MONEY
17 1 1 1 1 0 S P O T F R E E
R I N S E
RINSE
RINSE
(glitter off)
18 1 1 1 0 1 VEHICLE IS
TOO LONG
PLEASE EXIT WASH
AND
CONTACT CASHIER
19 1 1 1 0 0 FRESH WATER
R I N S E
R I N S E
(glitter off)
20 1 1 0 1 1 ROCKER PANEL
BLASTER
( )
( )
- -
( )
( )
CMD SIGN 24400-000
Page 46 of 51
REV. I ECO 0806-037
Custom Message Displays 16 Character 1 Line
Default Messages
Msg # Message English Dutch French French-
Control Default Default Default Canadian
Bits Default 16 ' L 0 L 1 L 2 L 3
8 4 2 1
21 1 1 0 1 0 TIRE BLASTER
( 0 0 )
(0 0)
-0 0-
(0 0)
( 0 0 )
22 1 1 0 0 1 HIGH IMPACT
W A S H
23 1 1 0 0 0 PRESOAK SOAKING
PRESOAK SOAKING
(glitter off)
24 1 0 1 1 1 TRIFOAM WAX
TRIFOAM WAX
(glitter off)
25 1 0 1 1 0 TRIFOAM BATH
TRIFOAM BATH
(glitter off)
26 1 0 1 0 1 APPLYING PRESOAK
APPLYING PRESOAK
(glitter off)
27 1 0 1 0 0 FROST PROTECT
PURGE
28 1 0 0 1 1 EXIT SLOWLY
THROUGH DRYER
THANK YOU FOR
YOUR BUSINESS
29 1 0 0 1 0
30 1 0 0 0 1
31 1 0 0 0 0
CMD SIGN 24400-000
Page 47 of 51
REV. I ECO 0806-037
Custom Message Displays 8 Character 1 Line
Default Messages
Msg # Message English Dutch French French- Spanish
Control Default Default Default Canadian
Bits Default 16 ' L 0 L 1 L 2 L 3 L 4
8 4 2 1
00 0 1 1 1 1 WELCOME BIENVENU HOLA
PLEASE S.V.P. FAVOR
ENTER ENTREZ MARCAR
CODE CODE CODICO
OR CARD OU CARTE O TARJ
OR OU O
INSERT INSEREZ INTRODUZ
MONEY MONNAIE DINERO
01 0 1 1 1 0 CLEAR CIRE ENJUAGUE
COAT CLEAR
SEALANT COAT
02 0 1 1 0 1 READY PRET LISTO
FOR NEXT POUR LE PROXIMO
CUSTOMER CLIENT SUIVANT
CLIENTE
03 0 1 1 0 0 WASH LAVAGE TERMINO
COMPLETE TERMINE LAVADO
PLEASE VOUS FAVOR
EXIT POUVEZ SALIR
THANKYOU SORTIR GRACIAS
FOR YOUR MERCI PARA SU
BUSINESS DE VOTRE VENUE
LEALTAD
04 0 1 0 1 1 'DRYING` SECHAGE 'SECANDO
`DRYING' `SECANDO
'DRYING` ` `
` ' 'SECANDO
'DRYING` `SECANDO
`DRYING'
05 0 1 0 1 0 `HOT'WAX CIRE CERA
HOT WAX CHAUDE 'CERA'
`HOT'
HOT WAX
CMD SIGN 24400-000
Page 48 of 51
REV. I ECO 0806-037
Custom Message Displays 8 Character 1 Line
Default Messages
Msg # Message English Dutch French French- Spanish
Control Default Default Default Canadian
Bits Default 16 ' L 0 L 1 L 2 L 3 L 4
8 4 2 1
06 0 1 0 0 1 |WAXING| CIRE | CERA |
`WAXING` ` CERA `
| | | |
'WAXING' ' CERA '
07 0 1 0 0 0 WHEEL LAVAGE LAVADO
SCRUB DES RUEDAS
( 0 0 ) ROUES ( 0 0 )
(0 0) (0 0)
-O 0- -O 0-
(0 0) (0 O)
( 0 0 ) ( 0 0 )
08 0 0 1 1 1 FOAMBATH BAIN ESPUMA
%%%%%%%% MOUSSANT %%%%%%%%
(glitter off) (glitter off)
09 0 0 1 1 0 W A S H CYCLE CICLO
CYCLE LAVAGE LAVADO
CYCLE (glitter off)
(glitter off)
10 0 0 1 0 1 FOAM LAVAGE LAVADO
BRITE F O A M
WASH BRITE
WASH (glitter off)
(glitter off)
11 0 0 1 0 0 UNDERCAR LAVAGE LAVADO
W A S H DU CHASIS
{{{{{{{{ CHASSIS {{{{{{{{
iiiiiiii Iiiiiiii
}}}}}}}} }}}}}}}}
12 0 0 0 1 1 BACK-UP RECULEZ RETRO
SLOWLY AVEC SOIN
DESPACIO
CMD SIGN 24400-000
Page 49 of 51
REV. I ECO 0806-037
Custom Message Displays 8 Character 1 Line
Default Messages
Msg # Message English Dutch French French- Spanish
Control Default Default Default Canadian
Bits Default 16 ' L 0 L 1 L 2 L 3 L 4
8 4 2 1
13 0 0 0 1 0 S T O P ARRET PARAR
S T O P
14 0 0 0 0 1 DRIVE AVANCEZ SIGA
FORWARD AVEC DESPACIO
SOIN SIGA
SLOWLY DISPACIO
DESPACIO
SLOWLY
15 0 0 0 0 0
16 1 1 1 1 1 WASH NOT LE LAVADO
READY LAVAGE NO LISTO
ENTER N’EST MARCAR
CODE PAS PRET CODIGO
OR CARD COMPOSEZ O TARJ
OR VOTRE DINERO
MONEY CODE OU OU
MONNAIE
17 1 1 1 1 0 SPOTFREE RINCAGE ENJUAGUE
RINSE SANS (glitter off)
RINSE TACHE
(glitter off)
18 1 1 1 0 1 VEHICLE VEHICULE HEHICULO
IS TOO EST TROP DESMAS.
L O N G LONG LARGO
PLEASE SORTER FAVOR
EXIT DE LA SALIR Y
AND BAIE HABLAR
CONTACT ET CON- CON
CASHIER TACTER CASSIER S.V.P.
CAJERO
CMD SIGN 24400-000
Page 50 of 51
REV. I ECO 0806-037
Custom Message Displays 8 Character 1 Line
Default Messages
Msg # Message English Dutch French French- Spanish
Control Default Default Default Canadian
Bits Default 16 ' L 0 L 1 L 2 L 3 L 4
8 4 2 1
19 1 1 1 0 0 FRESH RINCAGE ENJUAGUE
WATER A L’EAU CON AGUA
RINSE CLAIR LIMPIA
RINSE (glitter off)
(glitter off)
20 1 1 0 1 1 ROCKER LAVAGE CHORRO
PANEL BAS DE DE
BLASTER CAISSE ESTRIBOS
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( )
- - - - - -
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( )
21 1 1 0 1 0 TIRE LAVAGE CHORRO
BLASTER DE ROUES LLANTAS
(0 0) HAUTE (0 0)
-0 0- PRESSION -0 0-
(0 0) (0 0)
( O O ) ( O O )
O O O O
22 1 1 0 0 1 H I G H LAVAGE LAVADO
IMPACT HAUTE A L T O
WASH PRESSION IMPACTO
23 1 1 0 0 0 PRESOAK PRE- ESPUMA
SOAKING LAVAGE (glitter off)
SOAKING
(glitter off)
24 1 0 1 1 1 TRIFOAM CIRE CERA
W A X TROIS TRIFOAM
W A X COULEURS (glitter off)
(glitter off)
CMD SIGN 24400-000
Page 51 of 51
REV. I ECO 0806-037
Custom Message Displays 8 Character 1 Line
Default Messages
Msg # Message English Dutch French French- Spanish
Control Default Default Default Canadian
Bits Default 16 ' L 0 L 1 L 2 L 3 L 4
8 4 2 1
25 1 0 1 1 0 TRIFOAM BAIN % BANO %
% BATH % TROIS TRIFOAM
% BATH % COULEURS
(glitter off)
26 1 0 1 0 1 PRESOAK PRE- ESPUMA
LAVAGE (glitter off)
27 1 0 1 0 0 FROST PURGE DE PURGA
PROTECT PROTECT- PROTECC.
PURGE ION ANTIGEL
ESCARCHA
28 1 0 0 1 1 EXIT SORTIR SALIR
SLOWLY LENTE- DESPACIO
THROUGH MENT A TRAVES
DRYER PAR LE SECADO
THANKYOU SECHEUR GRACIAS
FOR YOUR MERCI POR SU
BUSINESS DE VOTRE VENUE
LEALTAD
29 1 0 0 1 0
30 1 0 0 0 1
31 1 0 0 0 0
Service Manual For Work Order 7485800 Page SA-90
Service Manual For Work Order 7485800 Page SA-91
Service Manual For Work Order 7485800 Page SA-92
Service Manual For Work Order 7485800 Page SA-93
Service Manual For Work Order 7485800 Page SA-94
Service Manual For Work Order 7485800 - NOTES Page SA-95
Parts Listing Table Of Contents For Work Order 7485800
Part No. Description Page
10882-206 CYLINDER ASSY/2.5X8.75,W/2 MTS P-110882-211 CYLINDER ASSY/2.5X8.75,W/2 MTS P-310961-007 GEARBOX ASSY/TOP ARM,597 P-511574-005 GEARBOX ASSY/SIDE,RF,CLOTH P-711574-007 GEARBOX ASSY/SIDE,LF,CLOTH P-919852-000 PNEU PANEL PLUGS/NO FOAM BATH P-1119852-001 PNEU PANEL PLUGS/NO WHEEL SCRB P-1319852-002 PNEU PANEL PLUGS/NO DRY P-1519852-003 PNEU PANEL PLUGS/NO UCW P-1719890-001 PANEL ASSY/PNEUMATIC,BASIC P-1920027-004 MANIFOLD ASSY/RINSE WTR,BASIC P-2120038-000 WATER SOLENOID J-BOX ASSEMBLY P-2320055-000 ELEC PLUG OPT/FOAM BATH VALVE P-2520055-003 ELEC PLUG OPT/ARMING CABLE P-2720055-004 ELEC PLUG OPT/ONBOARD DRYER P-2920055-005 ELEC PLUG OPT/WHEEL SCRUB CONT P-3120055-006 ELEC PLUG OPT/HOT WAX CONTROL P-3320055-008 ELEC PLUG OPT/BACKLT SIGN CONT P-3520055-011 ELEC PLUG OPT/FP THERMOSTAT P-3720055-013 ELEC PLUG OPT/HW&CW ROUTE SOL P-3920055-016 ELEC PLUG OPT/PRE-WASH P-4120055-020 ELEC PLUG OPT/OSC R PNL BLSTR P-4320055-021 ELEC PLUG OPT/TRIFOAM SPOT LTS P-4420055-022 ELEC PLUG OPT/EXPAND DIAG,SG P-4620187-004 POWER CABLE OPTION/BASIC P-4820263-000 ELEC ADDN/C WAX OR SURF SEALNT P-5020286-005 LABEL OPTION/BACK-UP LIGHT,ENG P-5220288-003 MANIFOLD ASSY/WASH WTR,BASIC P-5320293-003 ELEC ADDN/CMD SIGN,CNT DWN TMR P-5520321-000 ELEC ADDN/RO SPOT FREE RINSE P-5720328-006 CHEM EXPANDER OPT/BASIC,1 PORT P-5920419-001 ELEC ADDN/FXD UNDERCAR OPTION P-6120422-010 OFFBD CHEM PMP ADDN/BOOM,CWAX P-6320422-012 OFFB CHM PMP ADDN/BOOM,D,NO FB P-6520422-023 OFFBD CHEM PMP ADDN/BOOM,TFD P-6720422-025 OFFBD CHEM PMP ADDN/BOOM,FB P-6920493-031 VOLT OPT/208/230V,W/O DRY,SGXS P-7120506-000 BASIC MOTOR OPTION/208/230V P-7520534-003 WASH MANIFOLD OPTION/BASIC P-7920537-003 CMD SIGN,CNT DWN TMR ADDN/BOOM P-8120996-000 THRUSTPRO W/O PLC ADDN/BOOM P-8322127-008 BASIC ASSEMBLY/SGXS,230V P-8522135-004 ARM ASSY/TOP,W/O CORE P-98
Parts Listing Table Of Contents For Work Order 7485800 - Continued
Part No. Description Page
22155-004 ELEC PANEL ASSY/BASIC,SGXS P-10023159-005 TRIFOAM DETERGENT OPTION P-10623326-006 ARM ASSY/FRONT,TALL,LIGHTS,699 P-10824502-001 FOAMER SUBASSY/TRIFOAM DET&WAX P-11324507-001 TEE MANF SUBASSY/TFD OR TFW P-11524672-000 NETWORK CABLE ADDN/BOOM,SG,VII P-11724800-007 NO ONBOARD DRY OPT/230V P-11924800-027 NO WHEEL SCRUB OPTION P-12024800-040 COLD WAX/ W/O HOT WAX OPT P-12124800-045 CMD SIGN/COUNTDOWN TIMER OPT P-12224800-052 NO FROST PROTECT OPTION P-12324800-074 SOFT OSCILLATE OPTION/SGXS P-12424800-077 NO OSC R PNL BLSTR OPTION P-12524800-078 TRIFOAM DETERGENT OPTION P-12624800-082 FASCIA OPTION P-12724800-089 NO TRIFOAM SPOT LIGHT OPTION P-12824800-102 FRONT ARM OPTION/TALL P-12924800-103 SPOT FREE RINSE OPTION P-13024800-105 BASIC ASSEMBLY/230V P-13124800-107 ARMING OPT/NETWORK P-13224800-108 FOAM BATH OPTION P-13324800-113 NOZZLE OPT/RNS +TOP W/O CL LP P-13425698-000 PNEUMATIC,SOFT OSC ADDN/SGXS P-13525699-000 PNEUMATIC,SOFT OSC ASSY/SGXS P-13726685-002 NOZZLE OPT/RNS +TOP W/O CL LP P-13926775-000 RINSE MANF ADDN/SPOT FREE RNS P-14226804-000 GANTRY ADDN/FOAM BATH OR PRSK P-14427001-000 BASIC ASSY/GEARBOX & TOP ARM P-14699069050 SOFTGLOSS XS ROLLOVER P-148
Parts Listing for Work Order 7485800 P-1CYLINDER ASSY/2.5X8.75,W/2 MTS
PART NO. 10882-206 REVISION A
ITEM QTY. UOM PART NO. DESCRIPTION3 4 EA 10038-226 WASHER/LOCK,INTL TOOTH,5/16,SS
5 2 EA 10185-008 PIN/CLEVIS,1/2X2-3/8,SS
1 1 EA 10200-201 CYLINDER/2.5x8.75,w/LABEL
9 1 EA 10200-202 CYLINDER ROD CLEVIS
2 1 EA 10200-203 MOUNT/DOUBLE EYE BRKT,1/2"HOLE
7 2 EA 10210-000 MOUNT/SINGLE EYE BRKT,1/2"HOLE
4 4 EA 10371-202 SCREW/HHC,5/16-24UNFx3/4,SS
6 2 EA 10934-203 PIN/HITCH,1/2 TO 3/4,1-15/16LG
10 2 EA 11261-221 ELBOW/CONN,1/4TUBEX1/4MPT,FERR
11 1 EA 14196-000 SHOP PROC/PLASTIC HOSE BARBS
Parts Listing For Work Order 7485800 P-2
Parts Listing for Work Order 7485800 P-3CYLINDER ASSY/2.5X8.75,W/2 MTS
PART NO. 10882-211 REVISION A
ITEM QTY. UOM PART NO. DESCRIPTION3 4 EA 10038-226 WASHER/LOCK,INTL TOOTH,5/16,SS
5 2 EA 10185-008 PIN/CLEVIS,1/2X2-3/8,SS
1 1 EA 10200-201 CYLINDER/2.5x8.75,w/LABEL
9 1 EA 10200-202 CYLINDER ROD CLEVIS
2 1 EA 10200-203 MOUNT/DOUBLE EYE BRKT,1/2"HOLE
7 2 EA 10210-000 MOUNT/SINGLE EYE BRKT,1/2"HOLE
4 4 EA 10371-202 SCREW/HHC,5/16-24UNFx3/4,SS
12 1 EA 10767-201 HOSE BARB/PLS,1/4HOSEx1/4MPT
6 2 EA 10934-203 PIN/HITCH,1/2 TO 3/4,1-15/16LG
10 1 EA 11258-210 VALVE/NEEDLE,1/4FPTx1/4MPT,ZN
11 1 EA 11261-221 ELBOW/CONN,1/4TUBEX1/4MPT,FERR
Parts Listing For Work Order 7485800 P-4
Parts Listing for Work Order 7485800 P-5GEARBOX ASSY/TOP ARM,597
PART NO. 10961-007 REVISION D
ITEM QTY. UOM PART NO. DESCRIPTION2 1 EA 10181-228 SCREW/SET,5/16-18X1.12 SQHD,PL
3 1 EA 10182-000 COUPLING/FLEX,JAW,1"ID,2.5OD
4 1 EA 10188-203 KEYSTOCK/ 1/4"SQ x 1-1/4"LG
6 1 EA 13956-003 LUBRICANT/GREASE,X-HVY,35 LB
5 1 EA 15357-000 SHOP PROC/LUBE CLOSE FIT PARTS
1 1 EA 17741-000 REDUCER/25:1,56C,L-4
Parts Listing For Work Order 7485800 P-6
Parts Listing for Work Order 7485800 P-7GEARBOX ASSY/SIDE,RF,CLOTH
PART NO. 11574-005 REVISION D
ITEM QTY. UOM PART NO. DESCRIPTION2 1 EA 10181-228 SCREW/SET,5/16-18X1.12 SQHD,PL
4 1 EA 10780-202 COUPLING/FLEX,JAW,1"ID,3.25OD
6 1 EA 13956-003 LUBRICANT/GREASE,X-HVY,35 LB
5 1 EA 15357-000 SHOP PROC/LUBE CLOSE FIT PARTS
1 1 EA 17741-000 REDUCER/25:1,56C,L-4
Parts Listing For Work Order 7485800 P-8
Parts Listing for Work Order 7485800 P-9GEARBOX ASSY/SIDE,LF,CLOTH
PART NO. 11574-007 REVISION C
ITEM QTY. UOM PART NO. DESCRIPTION2 1 EA 10181-228 SCREW/SET,5/16-18X1.12 SQHD,PL
4 1 EA 10780-202 COUPLING/FLEX,JAW,1"ID,3.25OD
6 1 EA 13956-003 LUBRICANT/GREASE,X-HVY,35 LB
5 1 EA 15357-000 SHOP PROC/LUBE CLOSE FIT PARTS
1 1 EA 17741-001 REDUCER/25:1,56C,R-3 OUTP
Parts Listing For Work Order 7485800 P-10
Parts Listing for Work Order 7485800 P-11PNEU PANEL PLUGS/NO FOAM BATH
PART NO. 19852-000 REVISION A
ITEM QTY. UOM PART NO. DESCRIPTION3 1 EA 11555-202 PLUG/PIPE,BRS,1/8MPT,SQ HD
1 1 EA 19802-060 PLUG/3W VALVE,MANIFOLD
2 1 EA 19802-062 PLUG/REGULATOR,MANIFOLD
Parts Listing For Work Order 7485800 P-12
Parts Listing for Work Order 7485800 P-13PNEU PANEL PLUGS/NO WHEEL SCRB
PART NO. 19852-001 REVISION -
ITEM QTY. UOM PART NO. DESCRIPTION3 2 EA 11555-202 PLUG/PIPE,BRS,1/8MPT,SQ HD
1 3 EA 19802-060 PLUG/3W VALVE,MANIFOLD
2 2 EA 19802-062 PLUG/REGULATOR,MANIFOLD
Parts Listing For Work Order 7485800 P-14
Parts Listing for Work Order 7485800 P-15PNEU PANEL PLUGS/NO DRY
PART NO. 19852-002 REVISION A
ITEM QTY. UOM PART NO. DESCRIPTION2 1 EA 19802-061 PLUG/4W VALVE,MANIFOLD
Parts Listing For Work Order 7485800 P-16
Parts Listing for Work Order 7485800 P-17PNEU PANEL PLUGS/NO UCW
PART NO. 19852-003 REVISION B
ITEM QTY. UOM PART NO. DESCRIPTION1 1 EA 11555-202 PLUG/PIPE,BRS,1/8MPT,SQ HD
5 1 EA 14032-000 SHOP PROC/THREADED FTG CONNTNS
Parts Listing For Work Order 7485800 P-18
Parts Listing for Work Order 7485800 P-19PANEL ASSY/PNEUMATIC,BASIC
PART NO. 19890-001 REVISION F
ITEM QTY. UOM PART NO. DESCRIPTION22 1 EA 10005-201 WIRE TIE/4",5/8"MAX DIA
15 1 EA 10152-216 GAUGE/160PSI,1/8MPT BACK MOUNT
3 2 EA 10227-002 VALVE/SHUT-OFF,PLUG TYPE,1/4"
13 3 EA 10246-000 VALVE/FLOW CONT,1/4"NPTF,BRS
11 3 EA 10374-210 TEE/UNION,PLS,1/4 TUBE,FERR
9 2 EA 10796-000 VALVE/QUICK RELEASE,EXH,1/4"
7 3 EA 11260-220 CONN/FERR,1/4TUBEX1/8MPT,PLS
8 5 EA 11261-221 ELBOW/CONN,1/4TUBEX1/4MPT,FERR
2 1 EA 11261-222 ELBOW/CONN,3/8TUBEX1/4MPT,FERR
10 2 EA 11262-207 TEE/PLASTIC/1/4MPTX1/4 TUBE
23 2 EA 11263-209 NIPPLE/BRS,1/4xCLOSE,HEX
14 1 EA 11400-217 REGULATOR/AIR,1/4 NPT,0-125PSI
4 1 EA 11536-201 TEE/BRASS,1/4"FPT
6 4 EA 12168-201 REDUCER/BRASS,1/4MPT to 1/8MPT
24 1 EA 14032-000 SHOP PROC/THREADED FTG CONNTNS
16 1 FT 15513-002 TUBING/POLY,1/4"OD,BLACK
25 1 EA 15592-015 LABEL/VALVE
21 1 EA 15593-010 LABEL/GAUGE
26 1 EA 19775-000 ELBOW/PLS,1/4TUBE UNION,FERR
1 1 EA 19802-009 MANIFOLD ASSY/PNEU,96"LEADS
20 1 EA 19802-024 VALVE/SOL,3W,24V,120PSI,96",V
Parts Listing For Work Order 7485800 P-20
Parts Listing for Work Order 7485800 P-21MANIFOLD ASSY/RINSE WTR,BASIC
PART NO. 20027-004 REVISION B
ITEM QTY. UOM PART NO. DESCRIPTION3 3 EA 10102-215 TEE/PVC 40,3/4"SKT
5 2 EA 10104-210 BUSHING/RDCR,PVC,3/4SLPx1/2FPT
8 2 EA 10106-203 COUPLING/ADP,PVC,3/4SKTx3/4FPT
1 1 EA 10212-214 VALVE/DIAPH,SOL,NC,2W,3/4"BRS
9 1 EA 10362-233 CONNECTOR/STR RLF,1/2",2 HOLE
10 1 EA 10363-209 CONDUIT LOCKNUT/SEAL,1/2",STL
6 2 EA 10766-211 ELBOW/PLS,1/2HOSEx1/2MPT
11 1 EA 11903-203 PLUG/PIPE,PLS,3/4"MPT,SQ HEAD
4 3 EA 11911-002 PIPE/PVC80,3/4x2"LG
7 1 EA 11911-507 PIPE/PVC80,3/4x3-1/2"LG
2 1 EA 20028-000 MANIFOLD/RINSE WATER
Parts Listing For Work Order 7485800 P-22
Parts Listing for Work Order 7485800 P-23WATER SOLENOID J-BOX ASSEMBLY
PART NO. 20038-000 REVISION E
ITEM QTY. UOM PART NO. DESCRIPTION831 1 EA T03860 T:02-15-05LOC:R/ASUB1(DRLFIXT)
3 1 EA 10362-239 CONN/STR RLF,PLS,1/2,.197-.354
1 1 EA 10547-006 ENCL/J-BOX,3/4OUTL-1,17.5CU IN
5 1 EA 11746-000 SHOP PROC/PVC BONDING & INSTLN
4 1 EA 12021-213 ENCLOSURE COVER/PLS,BLANK
2 1 EA 18381-004 CONDUIT ADP/PVC,1/2SKT X1/2FPT
Parts Listing For Work Order 7485800 P-24
Parts Listing for Work Order 7485800 P-25ELEC PLUG OPT/FOAM BATH VALVE
PART NO. 20055-000 REVISION P
ITEM QTY. UOM PART NO. DESCRIPTION1 1 EA 19176-000 PLUG/HOLE,NEO,1/2"CONDUIT KO
5 1 EA 21300-000 HOLE LOCATION
Parts Listing For Work Order 7485800 P-26
Parts Listing for Work Order 7485800 P-27ELEC PLUG OPT/ARMING CABLE
PART NO. 20055-003 REVISION P (See Drawing 20055-000)
ITEM QTY. UOM PART NO. DESCRIPTION1 1 EA 19176-000 PLUG/HOLE,NEO,1/2"CONDUIT KO
5 1 EA 21300-000 HOLE LOCATION
Parts Listing For Work Order 7485800 P-28
Parts Listing for Work Order 7485800 P-29ELEC PLUG OPT/ONBOARD DRYER
PART NO. 20055-004 REVISION P (See Drawing 20055-000)
ITEM QTY. UOM PART NO. DESCRIPTION1 1 EA 19176-000 PLUG/HOLE,NEO,1/2"CONDUIT KO
3 2 EA 19176-002 PLUG/HOLE,NEO,1"CONDUIT KO
5 1 EA 21300-000 HOLE LOCATION
Parts Listing For Work Order 7485800 P-30
Parts Listing for Work Order 7485800 P-31ELEC PLUG OPT/WHEEL SCRUB CONT
PART NO. 20055-005 REVISION P (See Drawing 20055-000)
ITEM QTY. UOM PART NO. DESCRIPTION1 2 EA 19176-000 PLUG/HOLE,NEO,1/2"CONDUIT KO
5 1 EA 21300-000 HOLE LOCATION
Parts Listing For Work Order 7485800 P-32
Parts Listing for Work Order 7485800 P-33ELEC PLUG OPT/HOT WAX CONTROL
PART NO. 20055-006 REVISION P (See Drawing 20055-000)
ITEM QTY. UOM PART NO. DESCRIPTION1 1 EA 19176-000 PLUG/HOLE,NEO,1/2"CONDUIT KO
2 1 EA 19176-001 PLUG/HOLE,NEO,3/4"CONDUIT
5 1 EA 21300-000 HOLE LOCATION
Parts Listing For Work Order 7485800 P-34
Parts Listing for Work Order 7485800 P-35ELEC PLUG OPT/BACKLT SIGN CONT
PART NO. 20055-008 REVISION P (See Drawing 20055-000)
ITEM QTY. UOM PART NO. DESCRIPTION1 1 EA 19176-000 PLUG/HOLE,NEO,1/2"CONDUIT KO
5 1 EA 21300-000 HOLE LOCATION
Parts Listing For Work Order 7485800 P-36
Parts Listing for Work Order 7485800 P-37ELEC PLUG OPT/FP THERMOSTAT
PART NO. 20055-011 REVISION P (See Drawing 20055-000)
ITEM QTY. UOM PART NO. DESCRIPTION2 1 EA 11903-201 PLUG/PIPE,PLS,1/4"MPT,SQ HEAD
5 1 EA 21300-000 HOLE LOCATION
Parts Listing For Work Order 7485800 P-38
Parts Listing for Work Order 7485800 P-39ELEC PLUG OPT/HW&CW ROUTE SOL
PART NO. 20055-013 REVISION P (See Drawing 20055-000)
ITEM QTY. UOM PART NO. DESCRIPTION1 1 EA 19176-000 PLUG/HOLE,NEO,1/2"CONDUIT KO
5 1 EA 21300-000 HOLE LOCATION
Parts Listing For Work Order 7485800 P-40
Parts Listing for Work Order 7485800 P-41ELEC PLUG OPT/PRE-WASH
PART NO. 20055-016 REVISION P (See Drawing 20055-000)
ITEM QTY. UOM PART NO. DESCRIPTION1 1 EA 19176-000 PLUG/HOLE,NEO,1/2"CONDUIT KO
3 1 EA 19176-001 PLUG/HOLE,NEO,3/4"CONDUIT
5 1 EA 21300-000 HOLE LOCATION
Parts Listing For Work Order 7485800 P-42
Parts Listing for Work Order 7485800 P-43ELEC PLUG OPT/OSC R PNL BLSTR
PART NO. 20055-020 REVISION - NO DRAWING
ITEM QTY. UOM PART NO. DESCRIPTION1 1 EA 19176-000 PLUG/HOLE,NEO,1/2"CONDUIT KO
2 1 EA 21300-000 HOLE LOCATION
Parts Listing for Work Order 7485800 P-44ELEC PLUG OPT/TRIFOAM SPOT LTS
PART NO. 20055-021 REVISION P (See Drawing 20055-000)
ITEM QTY. UOM PART NO. DESCRIPTION1 2 EA 14190-001 PLUG/HOLE SEAL,1/2",w/WING NUT
2 1 EA 21300-000 HOLE LOCATION
Parts Listing For Work Order 7485800 P-45
Parts Listing for Work Order 7485800 P-46ELEC PLUG OPT/EXPAND DIAG,SG
PART NO. 20055-022 REVISION P (See Drawing 20055-000)
ITEM QTY. UOM PART NO. DESCRIPTION1 1 EA 19176-000 PLUG/HOLE,NEO,1/2"CONDUIT KO
2 2 EA 19176-001 PLUG/HOLE,NEO,3/4"CONDUIT
3 1 EA 21300-000 HOLE LOCATION
Parts Listing For Work Order 7485800 P-47
Parts Listing for Work Order 7485800 P-48POWER CABLE OPTION/BASIC
PART NO. 20187-004 REVISION H
ITEM QTY. UOM PART NO. DESCRIPTION5 1 EA 10005-205 WIRE TIE/12",3-1/2"MAX DIA
2 2 EA 10362-207 CONNECTOR/STR RLF,1.25,.875-1
3 1 EA 10363-211 CONDUIT LOCKNUT/SEAL,1-1/4,STL
4 1 EA 11499-211 CONDUIT BUSHING/RDCR,1.5"x1.25
1 50 FT 11914-000 CABLE/ 8/4,600V,60C,UL,CSA
6 1 EA 12388-000 SHOP PROC/WIRE CONNECTIONS
7 1 EA 13623-001 BAG/PLASTIC,LOCKING,6"x6"
Parts Listing For Work Order 7485800 P-49
Parts Listing for Work Order 7485800 P-50ELEC ADDN/C WAX OR SURF SEALNT
PART NO. 20263-000 REVISION F
ITEM QTY. UOM PART NO. DESCRIPTION5 8 FT 10279-270 WIRE/STRANDED,20GA,BLACK
8 2 FT 10279-280 WIRE/STRANDED,18GA,BLACK
6 1 FT 10279-289 WIRE/STRANDED,18GA,WHITE
7 1 EA 12388-000 SHOP PROC/WIRE CONNECTIONS
1 1 EA 12959-001 RELAY/MINI,DPDT,3A CONT,24VAC
2 1 EA 12960-001 RELAY BASE/2P,BLADE,DIN MT,7A
3 1 EA 12970-001 SPRING/RELAY HOLD DOWN,DPDT
4 1 EA 14344-041 LABEL/"K" RELAY ID,K41-K45
Parts Listing For Work Order 7485800 P-51
Parts Listing for Work Order 7485800 P-52LABEL OPTION/BACK-UP LIGHT,ENG
PART NO. 20286-005 REVISION - NO DRAWING
ITEM QTY. UOM PART NO. DESCRIPTION1 2 EA 19525-017 LABEL/INSTRUCTION LIGHT,HORIZ
Parts Listing for Work Order 7485800 P-53MANIFOLD ASSY/WASH WTR,BASIC
PART NO. 20288-003 REVISION C
ITEM QTY. UOM PART NO. DESCRIPTION6 1 EA 10102-211 TEE/PVC 40,1"SKT
5 2 EA 10102-215 TEE/PVC 40,3/4"SKT
4 2 EA 10104-204 BUSHING/RDCR,PVC,1"SLIPx3/4SKT
9 4 EA 10104-210 BUSHING/RDCR,PVC,3/4SLPx1/2FPT
12 1 EA 10212-209 VALVE/DIAPH,SOL,NC,2W,1" BRS
13 1 EA 10442-000 PVC CEMENT/ CLEAR
10 1 EA 10766-205 ELBOW/PVC,1"HOSEx1"MPT
8 4 EA 10767-209 HOSE BARB/PLS,1/2HOSEx1/2MPT
11 1 EA 11553-204 ELBOW/BRASS,STREET,1/4NPT
7 1 EA 11747-215 VALVE/CHECK,.38 ANTI-SPHN,3/8T
14 1 EA 11921-000 PVC PRIMER/CLEAR,QUART
1 1 EA 12478-001 PIPE/PVC40,3/4"X43"
2 1 EA 12478-002 PIPE/PVC40,3/4"X10"
3 1 EA 20264-001 MANIFOLD/WASH WATER
Parts Listing For Work Order 7485800 P-54
Parts Listing for Work Order 7485800 P-55ELEC ADDN/CMD SIGN,CNT DWN TMR
PART NO. 20293-003 REVISION B
ITEM QTY. UOM PART NO. DESCRIPTION1 2 FT 10279-270 WIRE/STRANDED,20GA,BLACK
2 4 FT 10279-280 WIRE/STRANDED,18GA,BLACK
4 1 EA 12388-000 SHOP PROC/WIRE CONNECTIONS
3 1 EA 19576-024 PC/8 RELAY OUTPUT BLOCK
Parts Listing For Work Order 7485800 P-56
Parts Listing for Work Order 7485800 P-57ELEC ADDN/RO SPOT FREE RINSE
PART NO. 20321-000 REVISION B
ITEM QTY. UOM PART NO. DESCRIPTION1 3 FT 10279-270 WIRE/STRANDED,20GA,BLACK
2 1 EA 12388-000 SHOP PROC/WIRE CONNECTIONS
Parts Listing For Work Order 7485800 P-58
Parts Listing for Work Order 7485800 P-59CHEM EXPANDER OPT/BASIC,1 PORT
PART NO. 20328-006 REVISION C
ITEM QTY. UOM PART NO. DESCRIPTION4 1 EA 10766-213 ELBOW/PVC,3/4HOSEx3/4MPT
3 1 EA 11263-209 NIPPLE/BRS,1/4xCLOSE,HEX
2 1 EA 11552-201 ELBOW/BRASS,1/4FPT
1 1 EA 11747-215 VALVE/CHECK,.38 ANTI-SPHN,3/8T
5 1 EA 11903-201 PLUG/PIPE,PLS,1/4"MPT,SQ HEAD
6 1 EA 14032-000 SHOP PROC/THREADED FTG CONNTNS
7 1 EA 14196-000 SHOP PROC/PLASTIC HOSE BARBS
Parts Listing For Work Order 7485800 P-60
Parts Listing for Work Order 7485800 P-61ELEC ADDN/FXD UNDERCAR OPTION
PART NO. 20419-001 REVISION B
ITEM QTY. UOM PART NO. DESCRIPTION1 3 FT 10279-270 WIRE/STRANDED,20GA,BLACK
2 1 EA 12388-000 SHOP PROC/WIRE CONNECTIONS
Parts Listing For Work Order 7485800 P-62
Parts Listing for Work Order 7485800 P-63OFFBD CHEM PMP ADDN/BOOM,CWAX
PART NO. 20422-010 REVISION -
ITEM QTY. UOM PART NO. DESCRIPTION1 75 FT 10230-201 TUBING/POLYETHYLENE,3/8"
2 1 EA 11900-204 LABEL/FLOW CONTROL,"WAX"
Parts Listing For Work Order 7485800 P-64
Parts Listing for Work Order 7485800 P-65OFFB CHM PMP ADDN/BOOM,D,NO FB
PART NO. 20422-012 REVISION -
ITEM QTY. UOM PART NO. DESCRIPTION1 65 FT 10230-201 TUBING/POLYETHYLENE,3/8"
2 1 EA 11900-203 LABEL/FLOW CONTROL,"DETERGENT"
Parts Listing For Work Order 7485800 P-66
Parts Listing for Work Order 7485800 P-67OFFBD CHEM PMP ADDN/BOOM,TFD
PART NO. 20422-023 REVISION A
ITEM QTY. UOM PART NO. DESCRIPTION1 180 FT 10230-202 TUBING/POLYETHYLENE,1/2"
2 60 FT 15513-004 TUBING/POLY,1/4"OD,BLUE
3 60 FT 15513-008 TUBING/POLY,1/4"OD,RED
4 60 FT 15513-009 TUBING/POLY,1/4"OD,YELLOW
5 2 EA 23310-002 LABEL/CHEMICAL LINE ID,TFD&TFW
Parts Listing For Work Order 7485800 P-68
Parts Listing for Work Order 7485800 P-69OFFBD CHEM PMP ADDN/BOOM,FB
PART NO. 20422-025 REVISION -
ITEM QTY. UOM PART NO. DESCRIPTION2 1 EA 10764-208 CLAMP/HOSE,SNAP,13/16",PLS
3 1 EA 11900-203 LABEL/FLOW CONTROL,"DETERGENT"
1 60 FT 12380-000 HOSE/WATER,1/2"ID,150PSI,BLK
Parts Listing For Work Order 7485800 P-70
Parts Listing for Work Order 7485800 P-71VOLT OPT/208/230V,W/O DRY,SGXS
PART NO. 20493-031 REVISION -
ITEM QTY. UOM PART NO. DESCRIPTION3 2 EA 10192-216 SCREW/TPG,#8x3/4,PAN HD,SS
27 7 EA 10192-222 SCREW/TPG,#6x1/2,SLHWH,SS
13 68 FT 10279-270 WIRE/STRANDED,20GA,BLACK
11 20 FT 10279-280 WIRE/STRANDED,18GA,BLACK
12 25 FT 10279-289 WIRE/STRANDED,18GA,WHITE
44 45 FT 10281-240 WIRE/STRANDED,16GA,BLACK
17 4 FT 10281-250 WIRE/STRANDED,14GA,BLACK
14 4 FT 10281-252 WIRE/STRANDED,14GA,RED
15 4 FT 10281-254 WIRE/STRANDED,14GA,YELLOW
16 6 FT 10281-255 WIRE/STRANDED,14GA,GREEN
42 2 FT 10281-260 WIRE/STRANDED,12GA,BLACK
43 2 FT 10281-262 WIRE/STRANDED,12GA,RED
41 2 FT 10281-264 WIRE/STRANDED,12GA,YELLOW
18 4 FT 10281-270 WIRE/STRANDED,10GA,BLACK
19 4 FT 10281-272 WIRE/STRANDED,10GA,RED
20 4 FT 10281-274 WIRE/STRANDED,10GA,YELLOW
4 2 EA 10428-210 WASHER/FLAT,#8 SAE,SS
7 3 EA 10629-265 CONTACTOR/3 POLE,24V,9AMP
8 1 EA 10629-271 CONTACTOR/RVSG,3 POLE,24V,9A
9 1 EA 11135-216 FUSE BLOCK/CLASS CC,3POLE,30A
10 3 EA 11136-269 FUSE/25AMP,600V,CLASS CC
33 1 EA 11488-208 CLAMP/CABLE,9/16"DIA,BLK NYLON
22 1 EA 12155-000 LABEL/"25A FUSE"
1 1 EA 12388-000 SHOP PROC/WIRE CONNECTIONS
31 0 EA 12995-000 TRACK/RELAY MOUNTING
34 1 EA 14344-096 LABEL/"K" RELAY ID,K96-K100
30 3 EA 14931-004 CURRENT RELAY/1 POLE,50 AMP
5 7 EA 19607-022 CIRCUIT PROTECTOR/2.5-4.0A,TE
6 7 EA 19607-028 CIRCUIT PROTECTOR/AUX CONTACT
35 1 EA 20093-001 LABEL/"T" TRANSFMR ID,T1-T10
21 1 EA 20237-001 LABEL/"F",FUSE ID,F1-F10
32 1 EA 22149-000 BRACKET/CURRENT RELAY
2 1 EA 24159-020 CONTROLLER/MOTOR SPD,240V,2HP
Parts Listing For Work Order 7485800 P-72
Parts Listing For Work Order 7485800 P-73
Parts Listing For Work Order 7485800 P-74
Parts Listing for Work Order 7485800 P-75BASIC MOTOR OPTION/208/230V
PART NO. 20506-000 REVISION R
ITEM QTY. UOM PART NO. DESCRIPTION4 7 EA 10305-203 TERMINAL/RING,#10,16-14G,BLUE
5 28 EA 10345-202 WIRE NUT/ORANGE
12 7 EA 10362-205 CONNECTOR/STR RLF,1/2",.5-.625
2 7 EA 10362-242 CONN/STR RLF,PLS,1/2,.512-.708
6 14 EA 10363-209 CONDUIT LOCKNUT/SEAL,1/2",STL
11 7 EA 10660-211 MOTOR/1HP,50-60HZ,TENV
3 174 FT 11482-000 CABLE/ 14/4, UL/CSA
9 1 EA 12388-000 SHOP PROC/WIRE CONNECTIONS
8 1 EA 14032-000 SHOP PROC/THREADED FTG CONNTNS
Parts Listing For Work Order 7485800 P-76
Parts Listing For Work Order 7485800 P-77
Parts Listing For Work Order 7485800 P-78
Parts Listing for Work Order 7485800 P-79WASH MANIFOLD OPTION/BASIC
PART NO. 20534-003 REVISION A
ITEM QTY. UOM PART NO. DESCRIPTION5 1 EA 10345-203 WIRE NUT/GREY
4 2 EA 10428-205 WASHER/FLAT,1/4"SAE,SS
3 2 EA 10877-283 SCREW/HHC,1/4-20X2-3/4,SS
2 1 PR 11402-210 CLAMP BODY/SINGLE,1"PIPE
1 1 EA 20288-003 MANIFOLD ASSY/WASH WTR,BASIC
Parts Listing For Work Order 7485800 P-80
Parts Listing for Work Order 7485800 P-81CMD SIGN,CNT DWN TMR ADDN/BOOM
PART NO. 20537-003 REVISION B
ITEM QTY. UOM PART NO. DESCRIPTION2 2 EA 10362-240 CONN/STR RLF,PLS,1/2,.276-.472
3 2 EA 10363-209 CONDUIT LOCKNUT/SEAL,1/2",STL
4 1 EA 13623-001 BAG/PLASTIC,LOCKING,6"x6"
1 50 FT 14685-005 CABLE/6 PR,22GA STRD,SHIELDED
Parts Listing For Work Order 7485800 P-82
Parts Listing for Work Order 7485800 P-83THRUSTPRO W/O PLC ADDN/BOOM
PART NO. 20996-000 REVISION I
ITEM QTY. UOM PART NO. DESCRIPTION1 50 FT 10285-000 CABLE/ 18/8,600V,UL/CSA
2 2 EA 10362-242 CONN/STR RLF,PLS,1/2,.512-.708
3 1 EA 10363-209 CONDUIT LOCKNUT/SEAL,1/2",STL
8 1 EA 10363-210 CONDUIT LOCKNUT/SEAL,1",STEEL
5 1 EA 11724-208 BUSHING/RDCR,HEX,SS,1"x1/2
4 1 EA 12388-000 SHOP PROC/WIRE CONNECTIONS
7 1 EA 19605-000 SHOP PROC/REMOVAL DRAIN PLUGS
6 1 EA 21300-000 HOLE LOCATION
Parts Listing For Work Order 7485800 P-84
Parts Listing for Work Order 7485800 P-85BASIC ASSEMBLY/SGXS,230V
PART NO. 22127-008 REVISION F
ITEM QTY. UOM PART NO. DESCRIPTION203 1 EA 01162-001 TEST PROC/SOFTGLOSS XS
86 60 EA 10005-201 WIRE TIE/4",5/8"MAX DIA
38 72 EA 10005-203 WIRE TIE/6",1-3/4"MAX DIA
202 4 EA 10005-205 WIRE TIE/12",3-1/2"MAX DIA
79 22 EA 10024-201 CLAMP/WORM GEAR,1/2" TO 29/32"
84 1 EA 10024-202 CLAMP/WORM GEAR,13/16 TO 1-1/2
83 1 EA 10024-207 CLAMP/WORM GEAR,11/16 TO 1-1/4
132 6 EA 10034-222 SCREW/MACH,#6-32x5/8,RNDH,SS
145 2 EA 10034-228 SCREW/MACH,#6-32x1/4,RNDH,SS
74 21 EA 10034-247 SCREW/MACH,1/4-20x1,HWH,SS
172 2 EA 10034-266 SCREW/MACH,#10-24X2,RNDH,SS
88 2 EA 10039-201 SCREW/MACH,#6-32x1/2,PH,SS
45 13 EA 10039-213 SCREW/MACH,#10-24x3/4,PH,CR,SS
187 8 EA 10039-223 SCREW/MACH,#8-32x3/4,PH,SS
191 14 EA 10039-238 SCREW/MACH,1/4-20X1,PH,CR,SS
96 2 EA 10145-240 TERMINAL BLOCK END CLAMP
153 13 EA 10145-263 TERMINAL BLOCK/SPRING,2 CKT
152 12 EA 10145-264 TERMINAL BLOCK/SPRING,4 COND
102 1 EA 10145-265 TERMINAL BLOCK END PLATE/4COND
155 5 EA 10145-266 TERMINAL BLOCK JUMPER BAR
154 1 EA 10145-267 TERMINAL MARKER/100 BLANK
147 2 EA 10145-268 TERMINAL BLOCK/SPRING,GROUND
146 1 EA 10145-269 TERMINAL BLOCK END PLATE/GND
113 2 EA 10163-111 REDUCER/30:1,56C,1"BORE,CPLG
99 8 EA 10187-207 BEARING/2-BOLT,1-7/16"DIA
32 2 EA 10187-212 BEARING/2-BOLT,1-1/4"DIA
112 2 EA 10188-214 KEYSTOCK/ 1/4"SQ x 5-3/8"LG
133 1 EA 10192-201 SCREW/TPG,#10x1/2,SLHWH,SS
164 4 EA 10192-228 SCREW/TPG,#10x3/8,SLHWH,SS
17 4 EA 10196-000 BUMPER/RUBBER STOP
195 1 EA 10199-212 GASKET/SEAL,CONDUIT,0.50
111 8 EA 10203-206 BEARING/PILLOW BLOCK,1-1/4"
160 1 EA 10215-206 FILTER/AIR,1/4FPT,AUTO DRAIN
77 2 EA 10226-216 NOZZLE/ 1/4MPTx95DEGx2GPM,BRS
126 36 FT 10238-000 HOSE/WATER,1"ID,150PSI,BLACK
Parts Listing for Work Order 7485800 - Continued P-85BASIC ASSEMBLY/SGXS,230V
PART NO. 22127-008 REVISION F
ITEM QTY. UOM PART NO. DESCRIPTION143 16 FT 10279-280 WIRE/STRANDED,18GA,BLACK
62 5 FT 10279-285 WIRE/STRANDED,18GA,GREEN
61 5 FT 10279-289 WIRE/STRANDED,18GA,WHITE
130 1 EA 10305-201 TERMINAL/RING,#10,22-16GA,RED
27 2 EA 10345-202 WIRE NUT/ORANGE
120 3 EA 10345-203 WIRE NUT/GREY
25 2 EA 10362-205 CONNECTOR/STR RLF,1/2",.5-.625
144 1 EA 10362-209 CONNECTOR/STR RLF,3/4",.62-.75
121 3 EA 10362-218 CONNECTOR/STR RLF,3/4",.75-.87
2 3 EA 10362-233 CONNECTOR/STR RLF,1/2",2 HOLE
199 1 EA 10362-236 CONNECTOR/STR RLF,1/2",3 HOLE
124 2 EA 10362-239 CONN/STR RLF,PLS,1/2,.197-.354
176 2 EA 10362-246 CONN/STR RLF,PLS,1.0,.709-.984
60 2 EA 10363-201 CONDUIT LOCKNUT/ 1/2",STEEL
122 4 EA 10363-208 CONDUIT LOCKNUT/SEAL,3/4",STL
3 6 EA 10363-209 CONDUIT LOCKNUT/SEAL,1/2",STL
177 2 EA 10363-210 CONDUIT LOCKNUT/SEAL,1",STEEL
23 32 EA 10428-203 WASHER/FLAT,5/16"SAE,SS
24 22 EA 10428-205 WASHER/FLAT,1/4"SAE,SS
115 56 EA 10428-207 WASHER/FLAT,1/2"SAE,SS
89 6 EA 10428-209 WASHER/FLAT,#6 SAE,SS
190 3 EA 10428-210 WASHER/FLAT,#8 SAE,SS
171 4 EA 10428-211 WASHER/FLAT,#10 SAE,SS
142 4 EA 10495-201 TERMINAL/RCPT,SLIP,22-18G,RED
204 1 EA 10525-001 LABEL/"PATENT PENDING"
197 1 EA 10525-005 LABEL/"PATENTED",3.75X1
129 1 EA 10552-212 CONDUIT CONN/RGD,HUB,1-1/2",AL
36 4 EA 10604-201 RIVET/AL,.125,.251-.312,BLIND
87 6 EA 10604-219 RIVET/AL,.156,.188-.312,SEALED
169 2 EA 10719-001 WHEEL WELDMENT/IDLER,w/AXLE
97 3 EA 10744-201 GROMMET/INSUL,7/16x13/16x5/16
29 2 EA 10744-202 GROMMET/INSUL,11/16x1x3/8
168 1 EA 10744-204 GROMMET/INSUL,1-3/8x1-3/4x1/8
82 7 EA 10744-207 GROMMET/INSUL,7/8x1x1/4
72 3 EA 10744-208 GROMMET/INSUL,5/8x7/8x1/4
Parts Listing for Work Order 7485800 - Continued P-85BASIC ASSEMBLY/SGXS,230V
PART NO. 22127-008 REVISION F
ITEM QTY. UOM PART NO. DESCRIPTION30 6 EA 10744-212 GROMMET/INSUL,1-1/4x1-1/2x1/4
85 15 EA 10763-206 TEE/UNION,PLS,1/2 HOSE BARB
149 1 EA 10764-205 CLAMP/HOSE,SNAP,3/8",PLS
55 55 EA 10764-208 CLAMP/HOSE,SNAP,13/16",PLS
12 2 EA 10767-212 HOSE BARB/PLS,1/2HOSEx1/4MPT
148 7 FT 10779-000 HOSE/AIR,1/4",150PSI,BLACK
100 12 EA 10818-203 GREASE FITTING/90,1/8"PTF(M)
69 2 EA 10877-201 SCREW/HHC,1/4-20x1",SS
33 36 EA 10877-203 SCREW/HHC,1/2-13x1-3/4,SS
92 2 EA 10877-206 SCREW/HHC,3/8-16x1",SS
64 4 EA 10877-207 SCREW/HHC,5/16-18x1",SS
19 4 EA 10877-216 SCREW/HHC,5/16-18x1-1/2,SS
18 32 EA 10877-237 SCREW/HHC,5/16-18x1-1/4,SS
118 2 EA 10877-239 SCREW/HHC,1/2-13x3,SS
211 4 EA 10877-244 SCREW/HHC,1/4-20x1-3/4,SS
20 2 EA 10877-268 SCREW/HHC,1/4-20x2.5,SS,THDALL
90 10 EA 10878-202 NUT/ #6-32,NYL INS,ZN PL
71 15 EA 10878-204 NUT/ #10-24,NYL INS,ZN PL
103 11 EA 10878-205 NUT/ 1/4-20,NYL INS,ZN PL
21 40 EA 10878-206 NUT/ 5/16-18,NYL INS,ZN PL
70 2 EA 10878-207 NUT/ 3/8-16,NYL INS,ZN PL
34 38 EA 10878-209 NUT/ 1/2-13,NYL INS,ZN PL
91 1 EA 10879-204 WASHER/LOCK,EXT TOOTH,#10,SS
101 4 EA 10882-206 CYLINDER ASSY/2.5X8.75,W/2 MTS
51 56 FT 11065-000 HOSE/WATER,3/4ID,150PSI,BLACK
162 1 EA 11260-220 CONN/FERR,1/4TUBEX1/8MPT,PLS
161 2 EA 11261-222 ELBOW/CONN,3/8TUBEX1/4MPT,FERR
108 2 EA 11263-211 NIPPLE/BRS,1/4x2
11 1 PR 11402-209 CLAMP/SUPPORT,SINGLE,3/4"PIPE
73 9 EA 11488-203 CLAMP/CABLE,1/4"DIA,BLK NYLON
15 2 EA 11488-207 CLAMP/CABLE,1/2"DIA,BLK NYLON
106 2 EA 11553-204 ELBOW/BRASS,STREET,1/4NPT
209 1 EA 11695-200 THREADLOCK COMPOUND
59 2 EA 11998-204 LATCH/DRAW,OVER-CENTER,LD,SS
173 1 EA 11998-205 LATCH/DRAW,OVER-CENTER,SS
Parts Listing for Work Order 7485800 - Continued P-85BASIC ASSEMBLY/SGXS,230V
PART NO. 22127-008 REVISION F
ITEM QTY. UOM PART NO. DESCRIPTION136 2 EA 12159-002 LABEL/CAUTION,2 POWER SUPPLY
93 1 EA 12210-000 LABEL/INDL CONT PNL,ETL TRADMK
54 110 FT 12380-000 HOSE/WATER,1/2"ID,150PSI,BLK
48 1 EA 12388-000 SHOP PROC/WIRE CONNECTIONS
13 1 EA 12703-029 PHOTOELECTRIC EMITTER
14 1 EA 12703-030 PHOTOELECTRIC RECEIVER
198 1 EA 12781-000 LABEL/NO WATER LINE IN ENCL
139 9 EA 12971-011 WASHER/DISH,BONDED NEO,#8
41 0 EA 12995-000 TRACK/RELAY MOUNTING
109 2 EA 13232-001 COUPLING/HEX,BRS,1/4"FPT
49 1 EA 13329-000 SHOP PROC/RUBBER BUMPER INSTLN
50 1 EA 13393-000 SHOP PROC/MARK WIRE # ON T-BLK
78 4 EA 13466-002 ELBOW/BRS,STREET,45DEG,1/4NPT
10 1 EA 13468-018 SERIAL PLATE/SOFTGLOSS XS
141 1 EA 13479-000 LABEL/"ENCLOSURE TYPE: 3R"
35 1 EA 13587-001 SHOP PROC/DATING SERIAL PLATES
56 9 EA 13867-001 CLAMP/HOSE MOUNTING,1/2"DIA
57 4 EA 13867-002 CLAMP/HOSE MOUNTING,3/4"DIA
188 8 EA 13945-003 NUT/ #8-32,NYL INS,SS
104 1 EA 13956-003 LUBRICANT/GREASE,X-HVY,35 LB
28 1 EA 14366-005 ADHESIVE/FLEXIBLE COMPOUND
42 5 EA 14526-024 SWITCH/PROX,M30 LONG,DC,NO,7M
183 2 EA 14526-026 SWITCH/PROX,M30 SHORT,DC,NO,7M
58 18 FT 14685-003 CABLE/5 CONDUCTOR,22GA STRD
116 2 EA 14829-001 NUT/LOCK,THIN,1/2-13NC,NYL INS
138 1 EA 14969-000 LABEL/CAUTION MOVING EQUIPMENT
26 25 FT 15041-000 TRIM/PLASTIC EDGING,5/16",BLK
127 50 FT 15077-000 CABLE/16/24,SO,SEOW OR SOOW
117 1 EA 15357-000 SHOP PROC/LUBE CLOSE FIT PARTS
163 81 FT 15513-001 TUBING/POLY,3/8"OD,BLACK
159 155 FT 15513-002 TUBING/POLY,1/4"OD,BLACK
123 130 FT 15540-000 CABLE/ 18/24,TYPE SEOW
98 2 EA 16342-000 LABEL/LIFT HERE
119 1 EA 16496-001 ISOPROPYL ALCOHOL
189 6 EA 16679-008 NUT/RVT,AL,HEX,1/4-20,.16 GRIP
Parts Listing for Work Order 7485800 - Continued P-85BASIC ASSEMBLY/SGXS,230V
PART NO. 22127-008 REVISION F
ITEM QTY. UOM PART NO. DESCRIPTION47 31 EA 16679-010 NUT/RVT,AL,KNRL,1/4-20,.26GRIP
131 1 EA 16797-001 ALARM/PIEZO,15-32VAC/DC
135 1 EA 17491-016 LAMP/FLUOR,8W,120V
134 1 EA 17491-017 LAMP FIXTURE/FLOUR,8W,120V
31 13 FT 17493-002 GASKET/SEAL,1/2x1/2,PSA
193 1 EA 17912-001 SHOP PROC/SHLD CABLE ENDS,LONG
105 1 EA 18065-001 WASHER/OVERLATCH,1"IDX1/8THK
137 1 EA 18438-000 SWITCH/DOOR INTERLOCK,SPDT
170 2 EA 18943-001 WHEEL WELDMENT/DRIVE
110 3 EA 19176-000 PLUG/HOLE,NEO,1/2"CONDUIT KO
81 20 EA 19641-000 HOSE SHANK/EL,1/2HOSEX1/4FPT
80 2 EA 19641-001 HOSE SHANK/TEE,1/2HOSEX1/4FPT
63 2 EA 19705-000 BUMPER STOP WLDT/REAR ARM
1 1 EA 19757-004 FRAME WLDT/SGXS,405
52 1 EA 19773-000 BOOM WLDT/MACHINE,VOY II&PP
44 1 EA 19782-000 MOUNT CHANNEL/PROX SW,END STOP
40 2 EA 19783-001 MOUNT BRACKET/PROX SW,FRNT ARM
43 1 EA 19783-005 MOUNT BRACKET/PROX,TOP ARM
185 1 EA 19850-026 SENSOR/ULTRASONIC,0-1KHZ,3 AVG
205 1 EA 19886-104 COVER/TOP INSIDE,RIGHT
206 1 EA 19886-105 COVER/TOP INSIDE,LEFT
207 1 EA 19887-100 COVER/TOP,RIGHT
208 1 EA 19887-101 COVER/TOP,LEFT
158 1 EA 19890-001 PANEL ASSY/PNEUMATIC,BASIC
140 1 EA 19954-003 LABEL/OVERLOAD SETTINGS,SG XS
114 2 EA 20021-000 TORQUE ARM/REDUCER,KIT,SIZE 17
4 1 EA 20027-004 MANIFOLD ASSY/RINSE WTR,BASIC
94 2 EA 20029-000 PHOTOEYE BRACKET WLDT
95 2 EA 20031-000 MOUNT/PHOTOEYE
5 1 EA 20038-000 WATER SOLENOID J-BOX ASSEMBLY
107 1 EA 20539-000 MOUNT/DOOR SWITCH
181 1 EA 21300-000 HOLE LOCATION
178 1 EA 21334-000 LABEL/OIL FILL NOTE,GEARBOX
8 1 EA 21838-102 ARM WLDT/TRA,405,RIGHT
9 1 EA 21838-103 ARM WLDT/TRA,405,LEFT
Parts Listing for Work Order 7485800 - Continued P-85BASIC ASSEMBLY/SGXS,230V
PART NO. 22127-008 REVISION F
ITEM QTY. UOM PART NO. DESCRIPTION194 3 EA 22117-011 LABEL/CURRENT RELAY SETTING,20
184 1 EA 22125-006 BRKT/ULTRASONIC SENSOR,SG,PP
150 1 EA 22155-004 ELEC PANEL ASSY/BASIC,SGXS
166 1 EA 22613-001 CABLE ASSY/COMM I/F,MINI DIN
210 1 EA 26535-001 PLC INPUT & OUTPUT LIST/SGXS
209 1 EA 26536-000 POCKET/PLASTIC,CLEAR,S/A,9X12
Parts Listing For Work Order 7485800 P-91
Parts Listing For Work Order 7485800 P-92
Parts Listing For Work Order 7485800 P-93
Parts Listing For Work Order 7485800 P-94
Parts Listing For Work Order 7485800 P-95
Parts Listing For Work Order 7485800 P-96
Parts Listing For Work Order 7485800 P-97
Parts Listing for Work Order 7485800 P-98ARM ASSY/TOP,W/O CORE
PART NO. 22135-004 REVISION A
ITEM QTY. UOM PART NO. DESCRIPTION5 3 EA 10034-247 SCREW/MACH,1/4-20x1,HWH,SS
25 2 EA 10039-238 SCREW/MACH,1/4-20X1,PH,CR,SS
6 2 EA 10196-000 BUMPER/RUBBER STOP
8 2 EA 10428-203 WASHER/FLAT,5/16"SAE,SS
3 5 EA 10428-205 WASHER/FLAT,1/4"SAE,SS
16 1 EA 10744-208 GROMMET/INSUL,5/8x7/8x1/4
7 2 EA 10754-009 SPACER/AL,.25X2"OD W/ 3/8"HOLE
18 2 EA 10877-222 SCREW/HHC,5/16-18x2,SS
28 2 EA 10877-260 SCREW/HHC,5/16-18x3,SS
4 3 EA 10878-205 NUT/ 1/4-20,NYL INS,ZN PL
14 4 EA 10878-206 NUT/ 5/16-18,NYL INS,ZN PL
23 1 EA 11373-204 BUMPER/STRIP,2"LG
17 1 EA 13867-001 CLAMP/HOSE MOUNTING,1/2"DIA
13 1 EA 13956-003 LUBRICANT/GREASE,X-HVY,35 LB
12 1 EA 15357-000 SHOP PROC/LUBE CLOSE FIT PARTS
31 2 EA 16679-010 NUT/RVT,AL,KNRL,1/4-20,.26GRIP
26 2 EA 17452-006 PLATE/FAB,AL,.09X.75X2,1 HOLE
10 1 EA 20394-001 BRACKET/TOP BRUSH MOTOR COVER
1 1 EA 22793-002 ARM WLDT/TOP,405
27 2 EA 23591-000 SHAFT/PIVOT,TUBE,TOP BRUSH
Parts Listing For Work Order 7485800 P-99
Parts Listing for Work Order 7485800 P-100ELEC PANEL ASSY/BASIC,SGXS
PART NO. 22155-004 REVISION A
ITEM QTY. UOM PART NO. DESCRIPTION808 1 EA T04575 T:00-00-00 LOC:RE-4B (SAW FIX)
14 1 EA 10142-002 GROUND LUG/#8-#1/0,TINNED COP
37 3 EA 10145-240 TERMINAL BLOCK END CLAMP
77 0 EA 10145-262 TERMINAL MARKER/100 BLANK
27 29 EA 10145-263 TERMINAL BLOCK/SPRING,2 CKT
29 43 EA 10145-264 TERMINAL BLOCK/SPRING,4 COND
33 1 EA 10145-265 TERMINAL BLOCK END PLATE/4COND
36 22 EA 10145-266 TERMINAL BLOCK JUMPER BAR
38 2 EA 10145-267 TERMINAL MARKER/100 BLANK
28 3 EA 10145-268 TERMINAL BLOCK/SPRING,GROUND
30 2 EA 10145-269 TERMINAL BLOCK END PLATE/GND
75 2 EA 10145-273 TERMINAL BLOCK/SPRING,2 CKT
73 1 EA 10145-274 TERMINAL BLOCK END PLATE/4COND
74 4 EA 10145-275 TERMINAL BLOCK/SPRING,4 COND.
52 1 EA 10160-201 CIRCUIT BREAKER/10A,1POLE,1PH
51 4 EA 10192-201 SCREW/TPG,#10x1/2,SLHWH,SS
70 1 EA 10192-202 SCREW/TPG,1/4x1/2,HWH,SS
5 55 EA 10192-222 SCREW/TPG,#6x1/2,SLHWH,SS
24 160 FT 10279-270 WIRE/STRANDED,20GA,BLACK
22 35 FT 10279-280 WIRE/STRANDED,18GA,BLACK
79 1 FT 10279-285 WIRE/STRANDED,18GA,GREEN
31 21 FT 10281-240 WIRE/STRANDED,16GA,BLACK
32 18 FT 10281-245 WIRE/STRANDED,16GA,WHITE
66 24 FT 10281-250 WIRE/STRANDED,14GA,BLACK
17 10 FT 10281-255 WIRE/STRANDED,14GA,GREEN
72 5 FT 10281-259 WIRE/STRANDED,14GA,WHITE
55 1 EA 10491-001 SWITCH/TGL,2 POSN,SPDT,MAIN
62 2 EA 10495-202 TERMINAL/RCPT,SLIP,16-14G,BLUE
21 2 EA 10495-203 TERMINAL/RCPT,SLIP,20-18G
53 1 EA 10661-013 BRACKET/24V CONTROL SWITCH
4 1 EA 10803-202 DUCT/WIRING,47MMX85MM
3 1 EA 10803-203 DUCT/WIRING,31MMX85MM
59 1 EA 11003-223 TRANSFORMER/120/240-12V,100 VA
67 1 EA 11135-209 FUSE BLOCK/250V,1POLE,30AMP
68 1 EA 11136-223 FUSE/ 2AMP,250V
Parts Listing for Work Order 7485800 - Continued P-100ELEC PANEL ASSY/BASIC,SGXS
PART NO. 22155-004 REVISION A
ITEM QTY. UOM PART NO. DESCRIPTION9 1 EA 11142-212 SWITCH/DISC,100A,600V,"0-1"
63 1 EA 11458-209 SWITCH/TGL,2POSN,DPST,SPADE
35 4 EA 12032-203 TERMINAL/FLAG,SLIP,22-18GA,RED
20 4 EA 12032-204 TERMINAL/FLAG,SLIP,16-14GA,BLU
15 5 EA 12053-001 LABEL/GROUND IDENTIFICATION
10 1 EA 12190-001 LABEL/MAIN POWER INPUT,"LINE"
11 1 EA 12190-003 LABEL/MAIN POWER INPUT,"L1"
12 1 EA 12190-006 LABEL/MAIN POWER INPUT,"L2"
13 1 EA 12190-007 LABEL/MAIN POWER INPUT,"L3"
71 1 EA 12388-000 SHOP PROC/WIRE CONNECTIONS
69 1 EA 12461-006 LABEL/"2 AMPS"
58 2 EA 12494-001 GROUNDING BAR/w/SCREWS & DECAL
54 4 EA 12705-011 CIRCUIT BREAKER/5AMP,1POLE
57 4 EA 12705-012 CIRCUIT BREAKER/LEGEND PLATE
26 2 EA 12822-000 LABEL/"120 VOLT"
42 5 EA 12959-001 RELAY/MINI,DPDT,3A CONT,24VAC
39 2 EA 12959-004 RELAY/MINI,DPDT,10A CONT,24VAC
43 5 EA 12960-001 RELAY BASE/2P,BLADE,DIN MT,7A
40 2 EA 12960-003 RELAY BASE/2P,BLADE,DIN MT,10A
44 5 EA 12970-001 SPRING/RELAY HOLD DOWN,DPDT
41 2 EA 12970-002 SPRING/RELAY HOLD DOWN,4PDT
2 3 EA 12995-000 TRACK/RELAY MOUNTING
61 0 FT 14181-000 TUBING/HEAT SHRINK,3/16" OD
45 1 EA 14344-001 LABEL/"K" RELAY ID,K1-K10
46 1 EA 14344-011 LABEL/"K" RELAY ID,K11-K20
47 1 EA 14344-021 LABEL/"K" RELAY ID,K21-K25
48 1 EA 14344-026 LABEL/"K" RELAY ID,K26-K30
49 1 EA 14344-041 LABEL/"K" RELAY ID,K41-K45
78 1 EA 15401-011 POWER SUPPLY/24VDC,TRACK MOUNT
8 1 EA 17038-003 BRACKET/DISCONNECT SWITCH
7 1 EA 17121-000 LABEL/COPYRIGHT NOTICE
56 1 EA 18404-006 LABEL/SWITCH,LOW VOLTAGE PANEL
60 1 EA 18554-000 SHOP PROC/CREATION OF TERM MKR
50 1 EA 18912-000 TOROID ASSEMBLY/14 AWG
6 1 EA 19576-018 PC/128 I/O BASE CPU WITH CLOCK
Parts Listing for Work Order 7485800 - Continued P-100ELEC PANEL ASSY/BASIC,SGXS
PART NO. 22155-004 REVISION A
ITEM QTY. UOM PART NO. DESCRIPTION76 1 EA 20124-000 SHOP PROC/GND LUG&BAR INSTALL
1 1 EA 20242-005 PANEL/ELEC,SGXS
Parts Listing For Work Order 7485800 P-103
Parts Listing For Work Order 7485800 P-104
Parts Listing For Work Order 7485800 P-105
Parts Listing for Work Order 7485800 P-106TRIFOAM DETERGENT OPTION
PART NO. 23159-005 REVISION C
ITEM QTY. UOM PART NO. DESCRIPTION11 16 EA 10005-203 WIRE TIE/6",1-3/4"MAX DIA
5 1 EA 10005-205 WIRE TIE/12",3-1/2"MAX DIA
13 12 EA 10034-247 SCREW/MACH,1/4-20x1,HWH,SS
9 57 FT 10230-202 TUBING/POLYETHYLENE,1/2"
1 3 EA 10374-205 TEE/UNION,BRS,1/2 TUBE,FERRULE
10 3 EA 10374-210 TEE/UNION,PLS,1/4 TUBE,FERR
16 2 FT 15041-000 TRIM/PLASTIC EDGING,5/16",BLK
6 27 FT 15513-004 TUBING/POLY,1/4"OD,BLUE
7 27 FT 15513-008 TUBING/POLY,1/4"OD,RED
8 27 FT 15513-009 TUBING/POLY,1/4"OD,YELLOW
14 4 EA 16679-008 NUT/RVT,AL,HEX,1/4-20,.16 GRIP
12 12 EA 16679-010 NUT/RVT,AL,KNRL,1/4-20,.26GRIP
4 1 EA 23060-006 BRACKET/TRIFOAM MANIFOLD,L
18 1 EA 23060-007 BRACKET/TRIFOAM MANIFOLD,RT
15 4 EA 23071-003 MOUNT BRACKET/COVER,CORNER,FRT
17 4 EA 23310-002 LABEL/CHEMICAL LINE ID,TFD&TFW
2 6 EA 24502-001 FOAMER SUBASSY/TRIFOAM DET&WAX
3 6 EA 24507-001 TEE MANF SUBASSY/TFD OR TFW
Parts Listing For Work Order 7485800 P-107
Parts Listing for Work Order 7485800 P-108ARM ASSY/FRONT,TALL,LIGHTS,699
PART NO. 23326-006 REVISION A
ITEM QTY. UOM PART NO. DESCRIPTION9 8 EA 10005-203 WIRE TIE/6",1-3/4"MAX DIA
11 4 EA 10024-201 CLAMP/WORM GEAR,1/2" TO 29/32"
4 1 EA 10180-132 REDUCER/25:1,G/Q OUTPUT,RT
3 1 EA 10180-133 REDUCER/25:1,A/V OUTPUT,LEFT
41 4 EA 10196-000 BUMPER/RUBBER STOP
8 2 EA 10226-251 NOZZLE/ 1/4MPTX95DEGX4GPM,BRS
36 8 FT 10279-282 WIRE/STRANDED,18GA,RED
37 8 FT 10279-289 WIRE/STRANDED,18GA,WHITE
38 2 EA 10345-201 WIRE NUT/YELLOW
23 10 EA 10345-202 WIRE NUT/ORANGE
27 2 EA 10362-240 CONN/STR RLF,PLS,1/2,.276-.472
26 2 EA 10363-209 CONDUIT LOCKNUT/SEAL,1/2",STL
17 24 EA 10428-202 WASHER/FLAT,3/8"SAE,SS
14 4 EA 10744-212 GROMMET/INSUL,1-1/4x1-1/2x1/4
40 12 EA 10754-009 SPACER/AL,.25X2"OD W/ 3/8"HOLE
30 2 EA 10877-201 SCREW/HHC,1/4-20x1",SS
18 8 EA 10877-204 SCREW/HHC,3/8-16x1-1/2,SS
16 8 EA 10877-236 SCREW/HHC,3/8-16x2-1/2,SS
42 4 EA 10877-286 SCREW/HHC,5/16-18X2.5,SS,THD-A
31 2 EA 10878-205 NUT/ 1/4-20,NYL INS,ZN PL
43 4 EA 10878-206 NUT/ 5/16-18,NYL INS,ZN PL
15 8 EA 10878-207 NUT/ 3/8-16,NYL INS,ZN PL
33 1 FT 11153-200 TUBING/HEAT SHRINK,1/8" OD
32 1 EA 11695-200 THREADLOCK COMPOUND
10 24 FT 12380-000 HOSE/WATER,1/2"ID,150PSI,BLK
6 2 EA 13466-002 ELBOW/BRS,STREET,45DEG,1/4NPT
29 4 EA 13867-002 CLAMP/HOSE MOUNTING,3/4"DIA
13 1 FT 15041-000 TRIM/PLASTIC EDGING,5/16",BLK
24 64 FT 15052-000 CABLE/ 18/4,TYPE SJO,300V
12 10 EA 16679-009 NUT/RVT,AL,HEX,1/4-20,.26 GRIP
34 2 EA 19524-004 LIGHT/SEALED,12V RED,10 LEDS
35 2 EA 19524-005 LIGHT/SEALED,12V AMBER,10 LEDS
22 4 EA 19524-006 LIGHT/SEALED,12V GREEN,10 LEDS
7 2 EA 19641-000 HOSE SHANK/EL,1/2HOSEX1/4FPT
39 1 EA 21300-000 HOLE LOCATION
Parts Listing for Work Order 7485800 - Continued P-108ARM ASSY/FRONT,TALL,LIGHTS,699
PART NO. 23326-006 REVISION A
ITEM QTY. UOM PART NO. DESCRIPTION5 2 EA 21821-010 CORE/AL PIPE,4-3/4X43-3/4
2 1 EA 23205-104 ARM WLDT/FRONT,405,TALL,RIGHT
1 1 EA 23205-105 ARM WLDT/FRONT,405,TALL,LEFT
Parts Listing For Work Order 7485800 P-110
Parts Listing For Work Order 7485800 P-111
Parts Listing For Work Order 7485800 P-112
Parts Listing for Work Order 7485800 P-113FOAMER SUBASSY/TRIFOAM DET&WAX
PART NO. 24502-001 REVISION D
ITEM QTY. UOM PART NO. DESCRIPTION820 1 EA T04571 T:00-00-00 LOC:SUB 1 (ASY FIX)
9 1 EA 01225-001 TEST PROC/FOAMER PACKING
4 1 EA 10104-223 BUSHING/RDCR,PVC,3/4MPTX1/4FPT
11 1 EA 10192-213 SCREW/TPG,#10x1",PAN HD,SS
14 1 EA 10754-014 SPACER/AL,1/8X1-1/2"ODX7/8"ID
13 1 EA 11260-227 CONN/FERR,1/2TUBEX1/4MPT,KYNAR
7 1 EA 11261-221 ELBOW/CONN,1/4TUBEX1/4MPT,FERR
1 1 EA 11263-201 NIPPLE/BRS,1/2xCLOSE
6 1 EA 11264-204 TEE/STREET,BRS,1/4"
2 1 EA 11265-210 BUSHING/RDCR,HEX,BRS,3/4x1/2
5 1 EA 11747-243 VALVE/CHK,1/4FX1/4M,PVC,EDPM
10 1 EA 11911-241 PIPE/PVC80,3/4x5",1 HOLE
12 1 EA 12971-012 WASHER/DISH,BONDED NEO,#10
8 1 EA 13322-008 FOAMER PAD/PLASTIC,3GRAM
3 2 EA 18381-005 CONDUIT ADP/PVC,3/4SKT X3/4FPT
Parts Listing For Work Order 7485800 P-114
Parts Listing for Work Order 7485800 P-115TEE MANF SUBASSY/TFD OR TFW
PART NO. 24507-001 REVISION -
ITEM QTY. UOM PART NO. DESCRIPTION1 2 EA 10897-203 PLUG/PIPE,1/2 HEX SKT HD,GALV
2 1 EA 24508-001 TEE MANIFOLD/TRIFOAM DET & WAX
Parts Listing For Work Order 7485800 P-116
Parts Listing for Work Order 7485800 P-117NETWORK CABLE ADDN/BOOM,SG,VII
PART NO. 24672-000 REVISION A
ITEM QTY. UOM PART NO. DESCRIPTION5 2 EA 10362-240 CONN/STR RLF,PLS,1/2,.276-.472
3 2 EA 10363-209 CONDUIT LOCKNUT/SEAL,1/2",STL
1 50 FT 14685-009 CABLE/1PR,18GA,STRD,SHLD,BLACK
6 1 EA 21300-000 HOLE LOCATION
Parts Listing For Work Order 7485800 P-118
Parts Listing for Work Order 7485800 P-119NO ONBOARD DRY OPT/230V
PART NO. 24800-007 REVISION B NO DRAWING
ITEM QTY. UOM PART NO. DESCRIPTION2 1 EA 19852-002 PNEU PANEL PLUGS/NO DRY
3 1 EA 20055-004 ELEC PLUG OPT/ONBOARD DRYER
1 1 EA 20493-031 VOLT OPT/208/230V,W/O DRY,SGXS
Parts Listing for Work Order 7485800 P-120NO WHEEL SCRUB OPTION
PART NO. 24800-027 REVISION - NO DRAWING
ITEM QTY. UOM PART NO. DESCRIPTION2 1 EA 19852-001 PNEU PANEL PLUGS/NO WHEEL SCRB
1 1 EA 20055-005 ELEC PLUG OPT/WHEEL SCRUB CONT
Parts Listing for Work Order 7485800 P-121COLD WAX/ W/O HOT WAX OPT
PART NO. 24800-040 REVISION - NO DRAWING
ITEM QTY. UOM PART NO. DESCRIPTION1 1 EA 20055-013 ELEC PLUG OPT/HW&CW ROUTE SOL
2 1 EA 20422-010 OFFBD CHEM PMP ADDN/BOOM,CWAX
Parts Listing for Work Order 7485800 P-122CMD SIGN/COUNTDOWN TIMER OPT
PART NO. 24800-045 REVISION A NO DRAWING
ITEM QTY. UOM PART NO. DESCRIPTION1 1 EA 20293-003 ELEC ADDN/CMD SIGN,CNT DWN TMR
2 1 EA 20537-003 CMD SIGN,CNT DWN TMR ADDN/BOOM
Parts Listing for Work Order 7485800 P-123NO FROST PROTECT OPTION
PART NO. 24800-052 REVISION - NO DRAWING
ITEM QTY. UOM PART NO. DESCRIPTION2 1 EA 20055-011 ELEC PLUG OPT/FP THERMOSTAT
1 1 EA 20534-003 WASH MANIFOLD OPTION/BASIC
Parts Listing for Work Order 7485800 P-124SOFT OSCILLATE OPTION/SGXS
PART NO. 24800-074 REVISION - NO DRAWING
ITEM QTY. UOM PART NO. DESCRIPTION1 1 EA 25698-000 PNEUMATIC,SOFT OSC ADDN/SGXS
Parts Listing for Work Order 7485800 P-125NO OSC R PNL BLSTR OPTION
PART NO. 24800-077 REVISION - NO DRAWING
ITEM QTY. UOM PART NO. DESCRIPTION1 1 EA 20055-020 ELEC PLUG OPT/OSC R PNL BLSTR
Parts Listing for Work Order 7485800 P-126TRIFOAM DETERGENT OPTION
PART NO. 24800-078 REVISION - NO DRAWING
ITEM QTY. UOM PART NO. DESCRIPTION2 1 EA 20422-023 OFFBD CHEM PMP ADDN/BOOM,TFD
1 1 EA 23159-005 TRIFOAM DETERGENT OPTION
Parts Listing for Work Order 7485800 P-127FASCIA OPTION
PART NO. 24800-082 REVISION - NO DRAWING
ITEM QTY. UOM PART NO. DESCRIPTION1 1 EA 20055-008 ELEC PLUG OPT/BACKLT SIGN CONT
Parts Listing for Work Order 7485800 P-128NO TRIFOAM SPOT LIGHT OPTION
PART NO. 24800-089 REVISION - NO DRAWING
ITEM QTY. UOM PART NO. DESCRIPTION1 1 EA 20055-021 ELEC PLUG OPT/TRIFOAM SPOT LTS
Parts Listing for Work Order 7485800 P-129FRONT ARM OPTION/TALL
PART NO. 24800-102 REVISION - NO DRAWING
ITEM QTY. UOM PART NO. DESCRIPTION1 1 EA 23326-006 ARM ASSY/FRONT,TALL,LIGHTS,699
Parts Listing for Work Order 7485800 P-130SPOT FREE RINSE OPTION
PART NO. 24800-103 REVISION - NO DRAWING
ITEM QTY. UOM PART NO. DESCRIPTION2 1 EA 20321-000 ELEC ADDN/RO SPOT FREE RINSE
1 1 EA 26775-000 RINSE MANF ADDN/SPOT FREE RNS
Parts Listing for Work Order 7485800 P-131BASIC ASSEMBLY/230V
PART NO. 24800-105 REVISION A NO DRAWING
ITEM QTY. UOM PART NO. DESCRIPTION2 1 EA 20506-000 BASIC MOTOR OPTION/208/230V
1 1 EA 22127-008 BASIC ASSEMBLY/SGXS,230V
3 1 EA 25695-000 PROGRAM MODULE/SG-PP,16K,OCP
4 1 EA 26417-000 NOZZLE ORIENTATION/SGXS
5 1 EA 27001-000 BASIC ASSY/GEARBOX & TOP ARM
Parts Listing for Work Order 7485800 P-132ARMING OPT/NETWORK
PART NO. 24800-107 REVISION A NO DRAWING
ITEM QTY. UOM PART NO. DESCRIPTION3 1 EA 20055-003 ELEC PLUG OPT/ARMING CABLE
1 1 EA 24671-005 NETWORK ARMING/ W/O WEI,SG
2 1 EA 24672-000 NETWORK CABLE ADDN/BOOM,SG,VII
Parts Listing for Work Order 7485800 P-133FOAM BATH OPTION
PART NO. 24800-108 REVISION - NO DRAWING
ITEM QTY. UOM PART NO. DESCRIPTION5 1 EA 19852-000 PNEU PANEL PLUGS/NO FOAM BATH
4 1 EA 20055-000 ELEC PLUG OPT/FOAM BATH VALVE
3 1 EA 20422-012 OFFB CHM PMP ADDN/BOOM,D,NO FB
2 1 EA 20422-025 OFFBD CHEM PMP ADDN/BOOM,FB
1 1 EA 26804-000 GANTRY ADDN/FOAM BATH OR PRSK
Parts Listing for Work Order 7485800 P-134NOZZLE OPT/RNS +TOP W/O CL LP
PART NO. 24800-113 REVISION - NO DRAWING
ITEM QTY. UOM PART NO. DESCRIPTION1 1 EA 26685-002 NOZZLE OPT/RNS +TOP W/O CL LP
Parts Listing for Work Order 7485800 P-135PNEUMATIC,SOFT OSC ADDN/SGXS
PART NO. 25698-000 REVISION A
ITEM QTY. UOM PART NO. DESCRIPTION2 5 FT 15513-002 TUBING/POLY,1/4"OD,BLACK
3 1 EA 15592-021 LABEL/VALVE,REAR OSCILLATION
1 1 EA 25699-000 PNEUMATIC,SOFT OSC ASSY/SGXS
Parts Listing For Work Order 7485800 P-136
Parts Listing for Work Order 7485800 P-137PNEUMATIC,SOFT OSC ASSY/SGXS
PART NO. 25699-000 REVISION A
ITEM QTY. UOM PART NO. DESCRIPTION5 4 EA 10039-234 SCREW/MACH,#4-40x1,PH,SS
2 2 EA 10156-213 VALVE/SOL,3W,24V,120PSI,96",V
6 4 EA 10428-212 WASHER/FLAT,#4 SAE,SS
7 4 EA 10878-201 NUT/ #4-40,NYL INS,ZN PL
3 4 EA 19732-002 ADAPTER/MALE,PLS,1/4TBX1/8MPT
4 4 EA 24876-000 ELBOW/UNION,PLS,1/4TUBE,P-LOCK
1 1 EA 25697-000 BRACKET/PNEUMATIC,SOFT OSC
Parts Listing For Work Order 7485800 P-138
Parts Listing for Work Order 7485800 P-139NOZZLE OPT/RNS +TOP W/O CL LP
PART NO. 26685-002 REVISION A
ITEM QTY. UOM PART NO. DESCRIPTION13 5 EA 10005-205 WIRE TIE/12",3-1/2"MAX DIA
11 1 EA 10024-201 CLAMP/WORM GEAR,1/2" TO 29/32"
1 6 EA 10226-216 NOZZLE/ 1/4MPTx95DEGx2GPM,BRS
2 3 EA 10226-251 NOZZLE/ 1/4MPTX95DEGX4GPM,BRS
14 2 EA 10744-207 GROMMET/INSUL,7/8x1x1/4
7 1 EA 10763-206 TEE/UNION,PLS,1/2 HOSE BARB
8 3 EA 10764-208 CLAMP/HOSE,SNAP,13/16",PLS
9 8 FT 12380-000 HOSE/WATER,1/2"ID,150PSI,BLK
3 1 EA 13466-002 ELBOW/BRS,STREET,45DEG,1/4NPT
4 1 EA 19641-000 HOSE SHANK/EL,1/2HOSEX1/4FPT
Parts Listing For Work Order 7485800 P-140
Parts Listing For Work Order 7485800 P-141
Parts Listing for Work Order 7485800 P-142RINSE MANF ADDN/SPOT FREE RNS
PART NO. 26775-000 REVISION -
ITEM QTY. UOM PART NO. DESCRIPTION5 1 EA 10024-207 CLAMP/WORM GEAR,11/16 TO 1-1/4
3 1 EA 10766-213 ELBOW/PVC,3/4HOSEx3/4MPT
4 75 FT 11065-000 HOSE/WATER,3/4ID,150PSI,BLACK
2 1 EA 11747-211 VALVE/CHECK,3/4"NPT,PVC
1 2 EA 12002-206 NIPPLE/PVC80,3/4xCLOSE,THD
Parts Listing For Work Order 7485800 P-143
Parts Listing for Work Order 7485800 P-144GANTRY ADDN/FOAM BATH OR PRSK
PART NO. 26804-000 REVISION A
ITEM QTY. UOM PART NO. DESCRIPTION12 10 EA 10005-205 WIRE TIE/12",3-1/2"MAX DIA
1 8 EA 10226-302 NOZZLE/1/4MPTX65DEGX1.5GPM,PLS
11 1 EA 10345-203 WIRE NUT/GREY
6 5 EA 10763-206 TEE/UNION,PLS,1/2 HOSE BARB
8 24 EA 10764-208 CLAMP/HOSE,SNAP,13/16",PLS
13 1 EA 12002-210 NIPPLE/PVC80,1/4xCLOSE,THD
7 23 FT 12380-000 HOSE/WATER,1/2"ID,150PSI,BLK
5 2 EA 14673-006 ELBOW/PVC 80,45 DEG,1/4" FPT
10 1 EA 19176-000 PLUG/HOLE,NEO,1/2"CONDUIT KO
2 8 EA 21693-002 BULKHEAD/NOZ BODY COUPLING,NYL
4 2 EA 21693-003 BULKHEAD/NOZ BODY,TEE,1/2,NYL
3 6 EA 21693-004 BULKHEAD/NOZ BODY,ELB,1/2,NYL
Parts Listing For Work Order 7485800 P-145
Parts Listing for Work Order 7485800 P-146BASIC ASSY/GEARBOX & TOP ARM
PART NO. 27001-000 REVISION -
ITEM QTY. UOM PART NO. DESCRIPTION30 1 EA 10005-205 WIRE TIE/12",3-1/2"MAX DIA
13 4 EA 10034-247 SCREW/MACH,1/4-20x1,HWH,SS
12 2 EA 10196-000 BUMPER/RUBBER STOP
9 6 EA 10226-216 NOZZLE/ 1/4MPTx95DEGx2GPM,BRS
8 2 EA 10226-251 NOZZLE/ 1/4MPTX95DEGX4GPM,BRS
10 2 EA 10226-252 NOZZLE/ 1/4MPTX15DEGX3GPM,BRS
20 10 EA 10428-203 WASHER/FLAT,5/16"SAE,SS
32 16 EA 10428-207 WASHER/FLAT,1/2"SAE,SS
28 1 EA 10754-004 SPACER/AL,.09X2"OD W/3/8"HOLE
15 8 EA 10754-009 SPACER/AL,.25X2"OD W/ 3/8"HOLE
24 12 EA 10783-202 BOLT/CARRIAGE,3/8-16x1-1/2,SS
19 8 EA 10877-237 SCREW/HHC,5/16-18x1-1/4,SS
21 4 EA 10877-239 SCREW/HHC,1/2-13x3,SS
11 2 EA 10877-286 SCREW/HHC,5/16-18X2.5,SS,THD-A
18 10 EA 10878-206 NUT/ 5/16-18,NYL INS,ZN PL
25 12 EA 10878-207 NUT/ 3/8-16,NYL INS,ZN PL
22 4 EA 10878-209 NUT/ 1/2-13,NYL INS,ZN PL
17 1 EA 10882-211 CYLINDER ASSY/2.5X8.75,W/2 MTS
14 1 EA 10961-007 GEARBOX ASSY/TOP ARM,597
6 1 EA 11574-005 GEARBOX ASSY/SIDE,RF,CLOTH
7 1 EA 11574-007 GEARBOX ASSY/SIDE,LF,CLOTH
29 1 EA 12164-002 LABEL/COUNTERWEIGHT NOTICE
16 2 EA 19783-002 MOUNT BRACKET/PROX SW,REAR ARM
26 1 EA 22128-100 BEARING/UHMW,2.02 BORE,RIGHT
27 1 EA 22128-101 BEARING/UHMW,2.02 BORE,LEFT
1 1 EA 22135-004 ARM ASSY/TOP,W/O CORE
Parts Listing For Work Order 7485800 P-147
Parts Listing for Work Order 7485800 P-148SOFTGLOSS XS ROLLOVER
PART NO. 99069050 REVISION - NO DRAWING
ITEM QTY. UOM PART NO. DESCRIPTION1 1 EA 12085-089 LABEL/INDL CONT PNL,SOFTGLOSS
1 1 EA 19852-003 PNEU PANEL PLUGS/NO UCW
1 1 EA 20055-006 ELEC PLUG OPT/HOT WAX CONTROL
1 1 EA 20055-016 ELEC PLUG OPT/PRE-WASH
1 1 EA 20055-022 ELEC PLUG OPT/EXPAND DIAG,SG
1 1 EA 20187-004 POWER CABLE OPTION/BASIC
1 1 EA 20263-000 ELEC ADDN/C WAX OR SURF SEALNT
1 1 EA 20286-005 LABEL OPTION/BACK-UP LIGHT,ENG
1 1 EA 20328-006 CHEM EXPANDER OPT/BASIC,1 PORT
1 1 EA 20419-001 ELEC ADDN/FXD UNDERCAR OPTION
1 1 EA 20996-000 THRUSTPRO W/O PLC ADDN/BOOM
1 1 EA 24800-007 NO ONBOARD DRY OPT/230V
1 1 EA 24800-027 NO WHEEL SCRUB OPTION
1 1 EA 24800-040 COLD WAX/ W/O HOT WAX OPT
1 1 EA 24800-045 CMD SIGN/COUNTDOWN TIMER OPT
1 1 EA 24800-052 NO FROST PROTECT OPTION
1 1 EA 24800-074 SOFT OSCILLATE OPTION/SGXS
1 1 EA 24800-077 NO OSC R PNL BLSTR OPTION
1 1 EA 24800-078 TRIFOAM DETERGENT OPTION
1 1 EA 24800-082 FASCIA OPTION
1 1 EA 24800-089 NO TRIFOAM SPOT LIGHT OPTION
1 1 EA 24800-102 FRONT ARM OPTION/TALL
1 1 EA 24800-103 SPOT FREE RINSE OPTION
1 1 EA 24800-105 BASIC ASSEMBLY/230V
1 1 EA 24800-107 ARMING OPT/NETWORK
1 1 EA 24800-108 FOAM BATH OPTION
1 1 EA 24800-113 NOZZLE OPT/RNS +TOP W/O CL LP
Parts Listing For Work Order 7485800 - NOTES P-149